TW201231368A - System, apparatus and method for vacuum based regulation of component flow and singulation - Google Patents

System, apparatus and method for vacuum based regulation of component flow and singulation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201231368A
TW201231368A TW100144581A TW100144581A TW201231368A TW 201231368 A TW201231368 A TW 201231368A TW 100144581 A TW100144581 A TW 100144581A TW 100144581 A TW100144581 A TW 100144581A TW 201231368 A TW201231368 A TW 201231368A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
component
vacuum
feed
group
force
Prior art date
Application number
TW100144581A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI602761B (en
Inventor
jian ping Jin
Lee Kwang Heng
Original Assignee
Semiconductor Tech & Instr Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Semiconductor Tech & Instr Inc filed Critical Semiconductor Tech & Instr Inc
Publication of TW201231368A publication Critical patent/TW201231368A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI602761B publication Critical patent/TWI602761B/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K13/00Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
    • H05K13/02Feeding of components
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65GTRANSPORT OR STORAGE DEVICES, e.g. CONVEYORS FOR LOADING OR TIPPING, SHOP CONVEYOR SYSTEMS OR PNEUMATIC TUBE CONVEYORS
    • B65G47/00Article or material-handling devices associated with conveyors; Methods employing such devices
    • B65G47/74Feeding, transfer, or discharging devices of particular kinds or types
    • B65G47/88Separating or stopping elements, e.g. fingers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65GTRANSPORT OR STORAGE DEVICES, e.g. CONVEYORS FOR LOADING OR TIPPING, SHOP CONVEYOR SYSTEMS OR PNEUMATIC TUBE CONVEYORS
    • B65G49/00Conveying systems characterised by their application for specified purposes not otherwise provided for
    • B65G49/05Conveying systems characterised by their application for specified purposes not otherwise provided for for fragile or damageable materials or articles
    • B65G49/07Conveying systems characterised by their application for specified purposes not otherwise provided for for fragile or damageable materials or articles for semiconductor wafers Not used, see H01L21/677
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01RMEASURING ELECTRIC VARIABLES; MEASURING MAGNETIC VARIABLES
    • G01R31/00Arrangements for testing electric properties; Arrangements for locating electric faults; Arrangements for electrical testing characterised by what is being tested not provided for elsewhere
    • G01R31/26Testing of individual semiconductor devices
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65GTRANSPORT OR STORAGE DEVICES, e.g. CONVEYORS FOR LOADING OR TIPPING, SHOP CONVEYOR SYSTEMS OR PNEUMATIC TUBE CONVEYORS
    • B65G47/00Article or material-handling devices associated with conveyors; Methods employing such devices
    • B65G47/02Devices for feeding articles or materials to conveyors
    • B65G47/04Devices for feeding articles or materials to conveyors for feeding articles
    • B65G47/12Devices for feeding articles or materials to conveyors for feeding articles from disorderly-arranged article piles or from loose assemblages of articles
    • B65G47/14Devices for feeding articles or materials to conveyors for feeding articles from disorderly-arranged article piles or from loose assemblages of articles arranging or orientating the articles by mechanical or pneumatic means during feeding
    • B65G47/1492Devices for feeding articles or materials to conveyors for feeding articles from disorderly-arranged article piles or from loose assemblages of articles arranging or orientating the articles by mechanical or pneumatic means during feeding the articles being fed from a feeding conveyor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65GTRANSPORT OR STORAGE DEVICES, e.g. CONVEYORS FOR LOADING OR TIPPING, SHOP CONVEYOR SYSTEMS OR PNEUMATIC TUBE CONVEYORS
    • B65G51/00Conveying articles through pipes or tubes by fluid flow or pressure; Conveying articles over a flat surface, e.g. the base of a trough, by jets located in the surface
    • B65G51/02Directly conveying the articles, e.g. slips, sheets, stockings, containers or workpieces, by flowing gases
    • B65G51/03Directly conveying the articles, e.g. slips, sheets, stockings, containers or workpieces, by flowing gases over a flat surface or in troughs

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Fluid Mechanics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Feeding Of Articles To Conveyors (AREA)
  • Container, Conveyance, Adherence, Positioning, Of Wafer (AREA)
  • Manipulator (AREA)

Abstract

A vacuum based system for separating components includes a component delivery unit having a feeder track configured to carry components, and a component reception stage configured to receive components from the feeder track. The component delivery unit includes a vacuum assembly configured to apply vacuum pressure(s) or force(s) at a set of feeder track sites to reliably stop the motion of a leading feeder track component and at least decelerate the motion of other components carried by the feeder track, thereby preventing undesired or uncontrolled component output from the feeder track unless the component reception stage is appropriately positioned relative to the feeder track and ready to receive a next component. Vacuum pressures can be applied by way of vacuum elements disposed relative to distinct feeder track sites. In certain embodiments such vacuum pressures can be applied to particular vacuum elements in an independent or configurable manner relative to other vacuum elements.

Description

a 201231368 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明一體涉及基於真空、用於調節物件或元件(例 如,半導體元件)流動或運動及/或分隔沿饋送軌道移動、 運輸或遞送的物件或元件的系統、組合件、裝置和方法。 具體而言,本發明涉及了提供至少一個,且在一些實施例 中提供複數個其目的為週期或間歇地施加真空力的分立或 獨立真空單元、腔或區的系統、組合件、裝置和方法,其 中所述的真空力減缓或停止元件沿饋送軌道的流動。在某 些實施例中,此類真空單元、腔或區可以是選擇性或獨立 配置的。 【先前技術】 在執行特定程序(例如元件測試或檢查)之前,將饋送 執道中連續相鄰或依順序排列的元件(例如大量四方平面 無引腳(Quad Flat No Lead,QFN))分離(separate)或單一 化(singulate)經常是必要的。 使用元件饋送軌道可以將多種類型的元件從大宗或大 塊元件源轉移至元件目的地。一般而言,將複數個元件沿 饋送軌道從元件入口向元件出口連續(例如,成列地)運 輸。這些元件中的每一個隨後從饋送執道被卸載、輸出或 拋出(例如單一地或以單一方式)至元件接收站。通常,位 於元件接收站的元件係轉移至加工站(例如,用於測試、檢 查、排序或安裝)。在半導體界,這個程序係熟知為「單一 化(singulation)」。一般是透過拾取或放置機構促進元件 4 95417a 201231368 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field of the Invention] The present invention relates to an article based on a vacuum, used to regulate the flow or movement of an article or component (eg, a semiconductor component), and/or to separate moving, transporting, or delivering along a feed track. Or a system, assembly, device, and method of components. In particular, the present invention relates to systems, assemblies, devices and methods that provide at least one, and in some embodiments, a plurality of discrete or independent vacuum units, cavities or zones that are designed to periodically or intermittently apply a vacuum force. Where the vacuum force described slows or stops the flow of the component along the feed track. In some embodiments, such vacuum units, cavities or zones may be selectively or independently configured. [Prior Art] Separate consecutive or adjacent elements (such as a large number of Quad Flat No Leads (QFN)) in a feed channel before performing a specific program (such as component testing or inspection). ) or singulate is often necessary. Multiple types of components can be transferred from bulk or bulk component sources to component destinations using component feed tracks. In general, a plurality of components are transported continuously (e.g., in columns) from the component inlet to the component exit along the feed track. Each of these elements is then unloaded, outputted, or thrown (e.g., singly or in a single manner) from the feed lane to the component receiving station. Typically, components located at the component receiving station are transferred to a processing station (e.g., for testing, inspection, sequencing, or installation). In the semiconductor world, this program is known as "singulation." Usually by picking up or placing the mechanism to promote the component 4 95417

S 轉移至加工站。 第一 =使最新轉移至元件接收站且於其上钸置的 第兀件單一化,需要脾兮错 的其他元件(例如’包括=第:元件與饋送軌道内部排列 口的末端元件和在饋部最靠近#送軌道出 離,而使得在元❹ 部串列排列的後續元件)隔 ;: 件接收站上的元件可以轉移至適當的加工 站。因此,該第一分彼她、、 評秒主&田 從饋送執道的元件末端出口卸載至 元件接收站必須伴隨避π二 或不間斷地對或向元件接收站::所,後續兀件同時 第-元件已經從元件接:加::或拋出1到該 站已經返回至饋送轨、曾沾士!至加工站,且該元件接收 站提_時n 、、、、端出口之後。為了向元件接收 道進一的末端出口’元件沿饋送軌 止。在元件已經從元件接收站移頁出週期日地中斷、中止或停 回至饋送執道末端出口之後,^牛接收站已經返 繼續,讓下-個元件(即末⑼;^軌相聽流動將再 卸載至it件接㈣。 σ以從饋送執道轉移或 存在有多種系統、方法和技術,其 =的:動停止及/或避免元件從鑛送二二: 對或向兀件接收站輸出、卸下或卸载。 一些傳統系統採用機械制動機構—icaiS Transfer to the processing station. First = singularization of the first component that is transferred to the component receiving station and placed thereon, other components that require spleen error (eg 'including = first: the end element of the component and the inner alignment of the feed track and the feed The part closest to the # send track is separated, so that the subsequent elements arranged in tandem in the ❹ ) are separated;: The components on the receiving station can be transferred to the appropriate processing station. Therefore, the first point, the second, the second, and the field are unloaded from the end outlet of the component of the feed to the component receiving station, and must be accompanied by the π or uninterrupted pair or the receiving station of the component: At the same time, the first component has been connected from the component: plus:: or throw 1 to the station has returned to the feed rail, Zeng Shi! to the processing station, and the component receiving station _ hour n, ,,, end exit . In order to receive the track into the end of the component, the component is along the feed track. After the component has been interrupted, suspended, or stopped back to the end of the feed channel from the component receiving station, the receiver station has returned to the next component (ie, the last (9); It will be unloaded to the iterative (4). σ is transferred from the feed or there are a variety of systems, methods and techniques, which = stop and/or avoid components from the mine 22: to or to the receiving station Output, removal or unloading. Some conventional systems use mechanical brake mechanisms - icai

St〇PPlngfflechanism)(穩定座(h〇ider)),其尹 元件已經被卸載之後,以實體方式使用^ 予光末鈿 構,ϋ過施加機械力至未端元件(即位送 =彻動機 軌道元件出口 95417 e 5 201231368 末端的末尾(last)元件),以暫停該末端元件的運動,以在 兀件已經移至元件加工站之後等待返回元件接收站。該機 械制動機構發揮作用以不僅制止末端元件卸載,還暫停或 實現已經沿饋送執道排成一線的元件組的分隔或向饋送軌 道末知》出口移位或流動。 國際專利申請案第W0 2008/148866號描述了移動性機 械制動單元在電子元件饋送軌道末端用於停止沿饋送軌道 行進的電子元件運動的用途。此外,日本專利案第JP 200621928號公開了機械制動機構用於促進分隔沿饋送執 道運輸的半導體元件的用途。此類機械中的每小時單位 (Unit Per Hour,UPH)— 般可以達到每小時 20000 至 30000 個元件。 日本專利案第JP2006298578號公開了同時使用真空 和氣簾來實現單一化的饋送軌道。曰本專利案第 JP2006298578號描述了被組構成沿饋送執道交替施加均勻 真空力或均勻正氣壓至三個末端元件的空腔的用途(例 如,如日本專利案第JP 2006298578號的第3a至3(:圖中 所示)。施加至這三個末端元件的真空力之目的為使元件流 動停止,且施加至這三個末端元件的正壓之目的為重啟元 件流動。 然而,在日本專利案第JP 2006298578號中,施加的 真空力無法可靠地讓元件流動停止。在饋送執道的元件出 口附近存在少於3個末端元件的情況下,這個弱點將更加 嚴重。在這種情況下,真空洩漏導致施加至末端元件的真 6 95417St〇PPlngfflechanism) (h〇ider), after the Yin component has been unloaded, physically use the ^ 予 钿 ϋ ϋ 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加 施加Exit 95417 e 5 201231368 End of the last element) to pause the movement of the end element to wait for the return element receiving station after the element has moved to the component processing station. The mechanical brake mechanism functions to not only stop the end element unloading, but also to suspend or effect the separation of the group of elements that have been lined up along the feed path or to shift or flow to the feed track. International Patent Application No. WO 2008/148866 describes the use of a mobile mechanical brake unit for stopping the movement of electronic components traveling along a feed track at the end of an electronic component feed track. Further, Japanese Patent Publication No. JP200621928 discloses the use of a mechanical brake mechanism for facilitating separation of semiconductor components that are transported along a feeding path. Unit Per Hour (UPH) in this type of machine – typically can reach 20,000 to 30,000 components per hour. Japanese Patent No. JP2006298578 discloses the use of a vacuum and an air curtain to achieve a singulated feed track. The use of a cavity configured to alternately apply a uniform vacuum force or a uniform positive air pressure to three end members along a feeding path is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. JP2006298578 (for example, Japanese Patent No. JP 2006298578, No. 3a to 3 (: as shown in the figure) The purpose of applying the vacuum force to the three end members is to stop the flow of the components, and the purpose of applying the positive pressure to the three end members is to restart the flow of the components. However, in Japanese patents In the case of JP 2006298578, the applied vacuum force cannot reliably stop the flow of the component. This weak point will be more serious in the case where there are less than 3 end members in the vicinity of the component exit of the feed. In this case, Vacuum leak causes true 6 95417 applied to the end element

S 201231368 空力的強度明顯下降,因而不能如 軌道的元件流動停止。 斤期望那樣使得沿饋送 另外,提供正氣壓以從大宇 至饋送軌道中。這此士 a 件源中持續地移出元件 镇送軌道末端附近的元件將碰撞到已在 反覆的衝擊將引起排成一線的且這種連續和 出口緩慢移動。經過—段:或向饋达執道的末端 末端元件的非預期卸載。 义些持續的碰撞將引起 為成功地使元件流動停止,S 201231368 The strength of the air force is significantly reduced, so it cannot stop as the flow of components in the orbit. It is desirable to have the edge feed as well, providing a positive air pressure from the Daewoo to the feed track. This element is continuously removed from the component. The components near the end of the ballast will collide with the impact that has been repeated and will cause a line and the continuous and slow movement of the exit. After-stage: or unintentional unloading of the end-end components of the feeder. A sustained collision will cause the component to stop flowing successfully.

2議298578 f錄示了麵送㈣的 =第JP 之間配置的氣簾機構的用途。將所=與疋件接收站 當給定元件已經從饋送軌道的 元件接收㈣,⑷將毅力絲卩^或轉移至2 Discussion 298578 f The use of the air curtain mechanism arranged between the (J) and the JP is recorded. The = and the receiving station will be received when the given component has been received from the component of the feed track (4), (4) the perseverance or transfer to

达軌道出口和元件接收站之間的氣簾 J :二元件接收站之間的間隙内部產生相鄰馈 勺亂4。只要岐簾提供的正氣壓_,_直 充足(例如,歸因於真空㈣)而仍處於運 二力不 執道元件將不能夠穿透或突破氣簾。當元件接送 件轉移至加:L㈣,該末端的凡 内部。 .. 仍了以處於饋送執道 .在該元件接收站準備好接收下—個元件之後,⑷中斷 95417 7 201231368 在饋送軌道出Π和元件接收站之龍加氣簾;⑻中斷對饋 送軌道腔(feeder track Chamber)施加真空力;並且(c) 施加正氣壓至饋送軌道腔’進而實現沿饋送軌道的元件流 動及將另一個元件從饋送執道出口轉移至元件接收站。 然而,現存系統是證明不足以應付因半導體和電子工 業中的技術進步所致的電子元件的改變。多種類型的半導 體元件的尺寸正日益變得顯著更小和更薄。這符合了體積 越來越小的電子元件的需求。鑑於許多半導體元件明顯更 小的尺寸,藉由快速運動的常規機械制動器施加機械力以 暫停半導體元件沿似軌道的移動可能對半導體元件及/ 或攜帶此類元件的封裝件的結構完整性有不利影響。 此外,半導體和電子工業中的技術發展和進步也已經 產生含有日益複雜的内部結構(例如,微電機械系統(祕)) 的半導體和電子元件。某些類型的現代半導體裝置的複雜 内部結構可以因外部施加的機械力而被輕易地損壞或不希 望地改變。已經發現藉由機械制動器施加機械力以使半導 體元件沿饋賴道的移料切—壞衫利地影響所述 兀件的電學或結構完整性,並導致元件的功能可靠性問題 或元件故障。 最近,在傳統系統中使用正壓空氣射流(pQsitiveai]r 叫以沿饋送軌道快速移動電子元件也導致這類小且複雜 的電子元件㈣。空氣射流用切加這類機射的腦, 有時達到每科謂〇至3_)彳目單位。饋賴道中的元 件移動地極快。雜㈣軸的衫元件碰撞在饋送軌道 95417Air curtain J between the rail exit and the component receiving station: The gap between the two component receiving stations internally generates an adjacent mess. As long as the positive air pressure _, _ provided by the curtain is sufficient (for example, due to vacuum (4)), the two components are still unable to penetrate or break through the air curtain. When the component pick-up is transferred to plus: L (four), the end of the internal. .. still in the way of feeding. After the component receiving station is ready to receive the next component, (4) interrupts 95417 7 201231368 in the feed track exit and the component receiving station's dragon air curtain; (8) interrupts the feed track cavity ( The feeder track chamber applies a vacuum force; and (c) applies positive air pressure to the feed track cavity' to effect component flow along the feed track and transfer another element from the feed pass exit to the component receiving station. However, existing systems are proving to be insufficient to cope with changes in electronic components due to technological advances in the semiconductor and electronics industries. The size of various types of semiconductor components is increasingly becoming significantly smaller and thinner. This is in line with the need for smaller and smaller electronic components. In view of the significantly smaller size of many semiconductor components, the application of mechanical force by a fast moving conventional mechanical brake to suspend the track-like movement of the semiconductor component may be detrimental to the structural integrity of the semiconductor component and/or the package carrying such component. influences. In addition, technological advances and advances in the semiconductor and electronics industries have produced semiconductors and electronic components that contain increasingly complex internal structures such as microelectromechanical systems. The complex internal structure of some types of modern semiconductor devices can be easily damaged or undesirably changed by externally applied mechanical forces. It has been found that mechanical force is applied by a mechanical brake to effect the transfer of the semiconductor element along the feed path, which adversely affects the electrical or structural integrity of the element and results in functional reliability problems or component failure of the element. Recently, the use of positive pressure air jets (pQsitiveai) in conventional systems to rapidly move electronic components along the feed track has also resulted in such small and complex electronic components (4). Air jets are used to cut such brains, sometimes Achieve up to 3_) per unit. The components in the feeder are moving very fast. Miscellaneous (four) shaft of the shirt component collided on the feed track 95417

S 8 201231368 末端附近串列排成一線的发 器所施加力的衝擊具有相=電子元件的衝擊與機械制動 中的可靠性和齡_。=料,料能肢此類元件 將導致正在加X的元件故障1情況下中,這類碰撞衝擊 顯而易見的是’使用播& 證實無法處賴積更小、更^制肺裝置的傳統系統已被 又呢弱的電子元件和含有MEMS的 電子元件。 ,丨感=疋日本專利案第】p 2刪298578號所公開的 面顧讀雜’且在增強、優化或最大化元件分隔速率方 面顯不出不受歡迎的侷限桃 骑的拭机★ 11 °日本專利案弟JP 2006298578 送執道頂的啟動產生導致末端元件敲擊饋 用可以影響電子:件的4解釋的’此類機械衝擊力的作 +的結構和功能完整性。 端處的還有,傳統系統均未能處理在饋送執道末 、4的已靜止元件與由空氣射出 凡件所造成_撞衝縣。 Μ移動電子 進行單-化的新:Lr ,可處理此類元件以 降低或最小化:C=。該系統和方法必須將衝擊力 因此1要使在加工的電子元件使用衝擊力。 從饋送軌如卩載;;=祕道㈣停錢/或避免元件 簡單的系統、設備^接收站的改良方式。尤其需要結構 停止沿饋它們能夠以這樣的方式可靠地 轉移或運輸的半導體元件或封裝件的移 95417 9 201231368 動,其中所述的方式避免對半導體元件或封裝件造成損壞 或不受歡迎的結構改變’並增強、優化或最大化元件分隔 速率。 【發明内容】 本發明的實施例提供結構簡單的系統、設備和技術, 它們能夠(i)在元件接近及/或位於讀送執道元件出口附近 時慢化由冑送軌道所攜帶的元件,ϋ此降低對沿饋送執道 較慢移動或靜止的元件的碰撞衝擊;(ii)在不使用任何機 械力的情訂,在切或較早的末端元件已㈣饋送軌道 輸出或從其卸載之後,以避免損壞或傷害目前前導或末端 几件的結構及/或功能完整性的方式停住饋送軌道上的目 前前導或末端元件;並且(iii)增強、肢或最大化元件分 隔速銮。 人在j固實知例中,基於真空的用於分離元件的系統包 二了具有組構朗以攜帶元件人口和 ==道的元件遞送單元;和組構成用以從饋送執道接收 疋牛的兀件接收台。該元件遞送單 體壓力源流動地耦拯,恥正[工孔戈孔 加正>1空氣或化厂、 氣或氣體麗力源可施 或氣體芦力④、★ 1力或流至饋送執道的部分。正壓空氣 上,藉二執道所攜帶的Μ 移至元件出口 Υ 70 W饋2^道從元件人Π移動或轉 述真=:3=,源_的真空組合件。將所 冓成用以在一組饋送執道部位處週期或間 95417S 8 201231368 The impact of the force exerted by a series of wires in the vicinity of the end has phase = reliability of the electronic component and reliability and age in mechanical braking. = material, the material can be such a component will lead to the failure of the component X is being added, the impact of this type of collision is obvious - the use of broadcast & proven to be unable to rely on the traditional system of smaller, more control lung device Electronic components that have been weakened and electronic components that contain MEMS.丨 疋 = 疋 专利 疋 疋 】 】 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 985 ° Japanese Patent Case JP 2006298578 The initiation of the delivery of the top of the road leads to the structural and functional integrity of the end of the mechanical impact of the electronic component: 4 explained. At the end, the traditional system failed to deal with the static components at the end of the feed, 4 and the air-fired parts. ΜMobile Electronics A new single-form: Lr that can handle such components to reduce or minimize: C=. The system and method must have an impact force. Therefore, an impact force is used in the processed electronic component. From the feeding track, such as the load;; = secret channel (four) stop the money / or avoid the components of the simple system, equipment ^ receiving station improved way. In particular, it is desirable for the structure to stop moving the semiconductor elements or packages that can be reliably transferred or transported in such a manner that they avoid damage or undesirable structures on the semiconductor components or packages. Change 'and enhance, optimize or maximize component separation rates. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Embodiments of the present invention provide systems, devices, and techniques that are structurally simple, that are capable of (i) slowing down components carried by a sling track as the component approaches and/or is located near the exit of the read-and-forward component. This reduces the impact of impact on components moving slower or stationary along the feed channel; (ii) after using or not using any mechanical force, after the cut or earlier end member has (4) feed track output or unloaded from it To prevent damage or damage to the current leading or end pieces of the structural and/or functional integrity of the current leading or end elements on the feed track; and (iii) enhance, limb or maximize component separation speed. In the solid example, a system based on vacuum for separating components includes a component delivery unit having a group to carry the component population and a == track; and a group composition for receiving the yak from the feed. The mail receiving station. The component delivers a single source of pressure source coupled to the flow, shame [work hole Gokong plus positive > 1 air or chemical plant, gas or gas source can be applied or gas luli 4, ★ 1 force or flow to the feed The part of the obstinacy. On the positive air, use the 携带 carried by the two obscurities to move to the component exit Υ 70 W feed 2^ from the component Π move or transfer the true =: 3 =, source _ vacuum assembly. Use the composition to be used at a group of feeding points or periods 95417

S 10 201231368 歇地施加真空壓或真空力,复 近元件出口的前導饋送軌道元\為週期或間歇地使最靠 的末端或末尾元件)的運動停止,並且(宜於饋送執道末端處 送軌道所攜帶的其他元件(例如,尾為至少使得饋 件)的運動減速,進而避免來自饋=月J 70件後面的元 元件輸出,除非元件接收台相對於望或失控的 位,並準備好接收下-個元件。、/貝^道適當地定 /空壓可以藉助相對於Μ饋送誠部位所安排的直 空單元地施加。在一些實施例巾,真允 、真 空單元,以獨立及/或可組構方式施力二二::其他真 具體的實施例中,一個或複數個真空單元可^广早兀。在 與饋送軌道的選擇性流動連通。特姓亩办nQ =、、且構成用於 不具工平元可以選摆 地啟動(例如,單獨或組合地)以測試給定的真空ββ _矣 是否能可靠和迅速地使饋送軌道所攜帶的前導元 停止,《免前導元倾饋送軌道㈣,除非元件接收台 被適當地定位並且準備好接收另一個元件。 σ 正氣壓或氣體壓力或流對饋送軌道的施加可以在元件 單一化操作期間以連續、整體上連續或不間斷的方式進 行’導致連續、整體上連續或不間斷地施加位移力到饋送 軌道所攜帶的元件上。即便正氣壓或氣體屋力或流存在(例 如,在持續或不間斷地遞送正氣壓或氣體壓力或流至饋送 轨道期間),仍可以週期或間歇地施加一個或複數個真空 壓。此類真空壓對抗在饋送轨道所攜帶的元件上的位移 力,進而以可靠的方式週期或間歇地使付沿饋送軌道的元 η 95417 201231368 件運動停止及/或減速,無論饋送執道是否一個元件或複數 個元件。在幾個實施例中,避免來自饋送軌道的不想要或 不受歡迎的元件輸出僅在回應於施加的真空力時才發生, 其中所述的真空力對抗因正氣壓或正氣流所致的元件位移 力。此類實施例避免需要調整或調節正氣壓或正氣流或元 件位移力,且進一步避免需要基於所施加真空力的時序在 元件之間或在元件遞送單元和元件接收台之間提供任何類 型的氣簾。本發明的實施例因而可以提供簡化、更可靠的 单一化裝置設計’所述設計可以比現有設計貫現更if?的元 件產出率。 根據本發明的方面,用於調節元件流和分隔元件t至 少之一者的裝置包含具有至少一饋送軌道的元件遞送單 元,其中所述的至少一饋送軌道組構成用以攜帶沿至少一 饋送軌道從至少一饋送執道的元件入口、並向至少一饋送 執道的元件出口串列可移動的一連串的元件;以及與至少 一饋送軌道上至少二不同部位可流動地耦接、且組構成用 以施加一真空力組到至少二不同部位的至少一個真空組合 件。這種裝置可進一步包含組構成用以接收從元件出口卸 載的一連串的元件内部至少一個元件的元件接收台,其中 該元件接收台包含適當地成形以接收至少一個元件的接收 器。 在某些實施例中,元件遞送單元包含至少二平行排列 的饋送軌道。此外,元件接收台包含至少二不同的元件接 收器,至少二不同元件接收器的每一者適當地成形以接收S 10 201231368 The vacuum pressure or vacuum force is applied intermittently, and the leading feed track element of the exit of the approaching element stops the movement of the most end or end element periodically or intermittently, and is suitable for feeding at the end of the road. The other components carried by the track (for example, the tail is at least the feed) are decelerated, thereby avoiding the output of the component from the back of the feed, unless the component is in a position relative to the hope or out of control, and is ready Receiving the next component, / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / Or configurable force exertion 22: In other practical embodiments, one or more vacuum units can be widely used. It is connected to the selective flow of the feed track. The special surname is nQ =, and The composition is used for starting without the work element (for example, alone or in combination) to test whether the given vacuum ββ 矣 可靠 can reliably and quickly stop the leading element carried by the feeding track, “free lead element” Pour the feed track (4) unless the component receiving station is properly positioned and ready to receive another component. σ Positive air pressure or gas pressure or flow application to the feed track may be continuous, continuous or uninterrupted during component singulation operations The way to 'cause continuous, continuous continuous or uninterrupted application of displacement forces to the components carried by the feed track. Even positive gas or gas house forces or flows are present (for example, continuous or uninterrupted delivery of positive air pressure or gas) One or more vacuum pressures may still be applied periodically or intermittently during pressure or flow to the feed track. Such vacuum pressure counteracts the displacement forces on the elements carried by the feed track, thereby making the cycle or intermittent in a reliable manner Paying along the feed track element η 95417 201231368 pieces of motion stop and / or deceleration, whether the feed is a component or a plurality of components. In several embodiments, unwanted or undesired component output from the feed track is avoided Only occurs in response to an applied vacuum force, wherein the vacuum force is counteracted by positive air pressure or positive Component Displacement Force Due to Flow. Such embodiments avoid the need to adjust or adjust positive or positive airflow or component displacement forces, and further avoid the need to receive between components or between component delivery units and components based on the timing of the applied vacuum force. Any type of air curtain is provided between the stages. Embodiments of the present invention can thus provide a simplified, more reliable singular device design that can produce component yields that are more consistent than existing designs. Means for adjusting at least one of the component flow and the separation element t comprises a component delivery unit having at least one feed track, wherein said at least one feed track set is configured to carry at least one feed along at least one feed track a plurality of movable elements of the track element inlet and at least one of the feed channel outlets; and flowably coupled to at least two different portions of the at least one feed track and configured to apply a vacuum force At least one vacuum assembly is assembled to at least two different locations. Such a device may further comprise a component receiving station configured to receive at least one component within a series of components unloaded from the component outlet, wherein the component receiving station includes a receiver suitably shaped to receive the at least one component. In some embodiments, the component delivery unit comprises at least two parallel aligned feed tracks. Additionally, the component receiving station includes at least two different component receivers, each of the at least two different component receivers being suitably shaped to receive

12 95417 S 201231368 201231368 Η 至少-元件。另外,至少一真空組合件可包含至少二不同 的真空組合件,其中至少二不同真空組合件的每一者流動 地可耦接於每條相應饋送執道上的至少二不同部位。 ^將至少一真空組合件組構成用以在至少一饋送執道的 第一組饋送軌道部位處施加第一真空力和在至少一饋送軌 道的第二組饋送轨道部位處施加第二真空力。至少一真空 組合件可以組構成用以選擇性建立第一真空力和第二真^ 力中至少之一者的強度。 至夕個真空組合件包含複數個真空單元,將複數個 真空單元内部的每個真空單元組構成用於與饋送軌道的選 擇性流動連通(Seleetive fluid G_nieatiQn)。在複數 2實施例中,至少—個真空組合件包含第—組真空單元和 〃第-組真空單元不同的第二組真空單元。第一組真空單 ^包含暴露於饋送執道的第-組真空開口,且第二組真空 早70包含暴露於饋送執道的第二組真空開口,其+第—且 真空開:可以比第二組真空開口安置得更靠近元件出口: 一机將第Γ組真空開口組構成用以分配第—真空力遍及第 目的TL件並且將第二組真空開口組構成用 以分配第二 第二數目的元件。由第一真空力的強度相對於 定義的第—比率可以與由第二真空力的強 “而Γ二數目所定義的第二比率不同。依實施例 疋’第—比率可以大於、等於或小於第二比率。 並口可以組構成用以適應元件的第-數目 第-组真工開Π組構成用以適應元件的第二 1 95417 13 201231368 :兀二的的第第和第二數目可以是相同或不同的(例 P目可m於或小於元件的第二數目)。在 某二貧轭例中,元件的第一數目等於一。 产所真工開ϋ可藉由以相對於至少—饋送執道的角 通路與至少一饋送軌道轉接。該裝置 魚或廣=!、’组乳道’其中所述氣道組構成提供正塵空 位:力到ί小:到至少一饋送軌道的部分,其目的為施加 中,以相對^饋运執道所攜帶的元件上。在一些實施例 子於至>、一饋送軌道的角度安排所述氣道。 元株組真空開口和氣道組組構成用以實現一連串的 到至:一二一條饋送軌道,以相對於循環性施加真空力組 動。夕$送執道上至少二不同部位的同步方式逐步移 將第一組真空開口組構成用以足夠使至少一元件沿至 >、一饋送執道移動停止的方式施加真空力到至少一元件。 二組真空開口可以組構成用以足夠使最靠近元件 =的别導元件移動停止的方式施加真空力至該前導元 =個實施例中,第—組真空開口包含前導真空開口 =真空開口。在一些實施例中,第一組真空開口包含 -有不同橫截面積的複數個真空開σ。例如,前導真 口可以具有比尾隨真空開口更大的橫截面積。第—組真空 I面:包:與第一組真空開口内部的真空開口具有不同橫 截面積的真空開口。做為額外或替代方式,第一組真空開 95417 14 201231368 > 口可提供第一合計真空開口橫截面積與第二組真空開口, 且第二組真空開口提供與第一合計橫截面積不同的第二合 計真空開口橫截面積。另外,第一組真空開口可包含具有 不同橫截面積的複數個真空開口,且第二組真空開口包括 具有不同橫截面積的複數個真空開口。 元件遞送單元可以攜帶或包含與第一組真空開口和第 二組真空開口中之一者流動地耦接的真空腔。在某些實施 例中,元件遞送單元包含與第一組真空開口流動地耦接的 第一真空腔和與第二組真空開口流動地耦接的第二真空 腔。 本發明的裝置可以復包含與元件遞送單元流動地耦接 並且組構成用以提供正氣壓至元件遞送單元以施加位移力 到一連串的元件上的預壓氣體供應單元,該位移力足以向 元件出口移動一連串的元件。預壓氣體供應單元可以組構 成用以實質上恆定的流速和實質上恆定的壓力地提供正氣 壓。至少一真空組合件組構成用以相對於正氣壓的間歇方 式施加真空力組,其中真空力組包含足以使最靠近元件出 口的前導元件的移動間歇停止的至少一真空力。在複數個 實施例中,將至少一真空組合件組構成用以在實質上不間 斷地施加正氣壓至元件遞送單元的期間施加真空力組。 根據本發明一個態樣的系統包含元件遞送單元,其具 備具有元件入口和元件出口的至少一饋送轨道、組構成用 以攜帶洛至少一饋送軌道可移動的一連串元件的至少一饋 送執道;與元件遞送單元流動地轉接並且組構成用以供應 15 95417 201231368 預壓氣體流的預壓氣體供應單元,所述的預壓氣體流施加 實質上恆定的位移力到沿至少一饋送執道的一連串的元件 上,該位移力指向元件出口;組構成用以接收來自至少一 饋送執道的一連串的元件内部的第一元件的元件接收台, 該元件接收台包含組構成用以偵測第一元件由元件接收台 接收的一組感應器;以及與元件遞送單元流動地耦接並且 組構成用以在一組饋送執道部位處相對於預壓氣體流而言 間歇施加一真空力組的真空組合件,該真空力組足以避免 一連串的元件内部的第二元件從元件出口輸出。一旦偵測 到第一元件由元件接收台接收,則可以啟動真空力組的施 加。 在一些實施例中,真空組合件的至少一部分攜帶於元 件遞送單元内部。本發明的真空組合件可包含藉助一組真 空開口與饋送軌道流動地耦接的至少一個真空腔。 真空組合件可包含組構成用以施加第一真空力至第一 組饋送軌道部位的第一組真空單元和組構成用以施加第二 真空力至與第一組饋送執道部位不同的第二組饋送執道部 位的第二組真空單元。第一真空力和第二真空力的每一者 反抗施加到元件上的位移力。真空組合件可以組構成用以 相對於第二真空力的強度選擇性建立第一真空力的強度。 根據本發明的一個態樣,用於調節元件流動和分隔元 件中至少之一項的方法包含提供元件遞送單元,其具有組 構成用以使元件從元件入口向元件出口移動的至少一饋送 軌道;向至少一饋送軌道提供一連串元件,該一連串的元12 95417 S 201231368 201231368 至少 At least - components. Additionally, the at least one vacuum assembly can include at least two different vacuum assemblies, wherein each of the at least two different vacuum assemblies can be fluidly coupled to at least two different locations on each respective feed channel. Forming at least one vacuum assembly set for applying a first vacuum force at a first set of feed track locations of at least one feed track and applying a second vacuum force at a second set of feed track locations of at least one feed track. At least one vacuum assembly may be configured to selectively establish a strength of at least one of the first vacuum force and the second true force. Up to now, the vacuum assembly includes a plurality of vacuum cells, each vacuum cell group inside the plurality of vacuum cells being configured for selective flow communication with the feed track (Seleetive fluid G_nieatiQn). In the plural embodiment, at least one vacuum assembly comprises a second set of vacuum units different from the first set of vacuum units and the first set of vacuum units. The first set of vacuum sheets includes a first set of vacuum openings exposed to the feed lane, and the second set of vacuum lines 70 includes a second set of vacuum openings exposed to the feed lane, the +- and vacuum-open: comparable The two sets of vacuum openings are placed closer to the component outlet: a machine constituting the second set of vacuum opening groups for distributing the first vacuum force throughout the first TL member and the second group of vacuum opening groups for distributing the second second number Components. The ratio of the intensity of the first vacuum force to the defined first ratio may be different from the second ratio defined by the strong "second" number of the second vacuum force. According to the embodiment, the first ratio may be greater than, equal to, or less than The second ratio. The parallel port may be configured to accommodate the first-number of the components of the first-group of the first-group real-time opening group to accommodate the components of the second 1 95417 13 201231368: the second and second numbers may be The same or different (example P can be m or less than the second number of components). In a second yoke example, the first number of components is equal to one. The real work can be compared with at least The angular path of the feeding channel is transferred with at least one feeding track. The device fish or wide =!, 'group of milky roads' wherein the airway group constitutes providing positive dust vacancies: force to ί small: to at least one feeding track portion The purpose is to apply, in relation to the components carried by the e-mail. In some embodiments, the air passage is arranged at an angle to a feeding track. The element group vacuum opening and the airway group are configured. To achieve a series of arrivals: one two one Feeding the track, applying a vacuum force with respect to the cyclicity. The synchronization of the at least two different parts on the way to the gradual shift is performed to gradually move the first set of vacuum opening groups to be sufficient for at least one component to be > Applying a vacuum force to at least one component in a manner that stops the movement of the road. The two sets of vacuum openings may be configured to apply a vacuum force to the leading element in a manner sufficient to cause the movement of the other conductive element closest to the component to be stopped. The first set of vacuum openings includes a leading vacuum opening = vacuum opening. In some embodiments, the first set of vacuum openings includes - a plurality of vacuum openings σ having different cross-sectional areas. For example, the leading true port may have more than a trailing vacuum opening Large cross-sectional area. Group-vacuum I-face: Pack: vacuum openings with different cross-sectional areas from the vacuum openings inside the first set of vacuum openings. As an additional or alternative, the first set of vacuum opens 95417 14 201231368 &gt The port may provide a first total vacuum opening cross-sectional area and a second set of vacuum openings, and the second set of vacuum openings provide a different first cross-sectional area The second set of vacuum opening cross-sectional areas. In addition, the first set of vacuum openings may include a plurality of vacuum openings having different cross-sectional areas, and the second set of vacuum openings may include a plurality of vacuum openings having different cross-sectional areas. Carrying or containing a vacuum chamber fluidly coupled to one of the first set of vacuum openings and the second set of vacuum openings. In some embodiments, the component delivery unit includes a first flow coupled to the first set of vacuum openings a vacuum chamber and a second vacuum chamber fluidly coupled to the second set of vacuum openings. The apparatus of the present invention can be configured to be fluidly coupled to the component delivery unit and configured to provide positive air pressure to the component delivery unit for application of displacement The force is applied to a preloaded gas supply unit on a series of components that is sufficient to move a series of components to the component outlet. The pre-compressed gas supply unit may be configured to provide a positive gas pressure with a substantially constant flow rate and a substantially constant pressure. At least one vacuum assembly set is configured to apply a vacuum force set in an intermittent manner relative to positive air pressure, wherein the vacuum force set includes at least one vacuum force sufficient to intermittently stop movement of the leading element closest to the element outlet. In a plurality of embodiments, the at least one vacuum assembly set is configured to apply a vacuum force set during substantially uninterrupted application of positive air pressure to the component delivery unit. A system according to an aspect of the present invention includes a component delivery unit having at least one feed track having a component inlet and a component outlet, the group being configured to carry at least one feedway of a series of components movable by at least one feed track; The component delivery unit is fluidly coupled and configured to supply a pre-pressurized gas supply unit for supplying a pre-pressurized gas stream of 15 95417 201231368, said pre-pressurized gas stream applying a substantially constant displacement force to a series of at least one feedway On the component, the displacement force is directed to the component outlet; the component constitutes a component receiving station for receiving the first component from a series of components of at least one of the feed channels, the component receiving station comprising a group configured to detect the first component a set of inductors received by the component receiving station; and a vacuum combination fluidly coupled to the component delivery unit and configured to intermittently apply a vacuum force set relative to the pre-pressurized gas flow at a set of feedway locations The vacuum force set is sufficient to prevent the second element inside the series of components from being output from the component outlet. Once the first component is detected to be received by the component receiving station, the application of the vacuum force group can be initiated. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the vacuum assembly is carried inside the component delivery unit. The vacuum assembly of the present invention can include at least one vacuum chamber fluidly coupled to the feed track by a set of vacuum openings. The vacuum assembly can include a first set of vacuum cells and groups configured to apply a first vacuum force to the first set of feed track locations to form a second vacuum force to a second different from the first set of feedway locations The group feeds a second set of vacuum units at the site of the mission. Each of the first vacuum force and the second vacuum force opposes the displacement force applied to the element. The vacuum assembly can be configured to selectively establish a first vacuum force with respect to the strength of the second vacuum force. According to one aspect of the invention, a method for adjusting at least one of element flow and a separation element includes providing a component delivery unit having at least one feed track configured to move the component from the component inlet to the component outlet; Providing a series of elements to at least one feed track, the series of elements

16 95417 S 201231368 ‘=第:元件和串列接續第一元件的第二元件;使該一 =:::ΓΓ饋送軌道向元件出σ移動;並且施加 /、,丨至吵一饋送執道的至少二不同饋送軌道部位 以避免:連串的元件内部的第二元件從元件出口輸出。 戎一連串的元件可包含串列接續第二元 件’該方法可進-步包含調節該真空力組内部的至 空力現一連串的元件内部的第二元件從元件出口輸 !第=:凋節該真空力組内部的至少-真空力以避免 在苐一兀件已經從元件出口至少部分地輸出後,該 的元件内部的第三元件從元件出口輸出。 串 收根2發明實施例的製程也可包含提供組構成用以接 接=口卸_-連串的元件内部至少—树的元件 收二。紅件接收台包含適#地成形以接收至少一元件 、至;-接收H或接收結構。該製程 f力組的至少一個真空組合件二= 二不同部動地可難於至少—镇送軌道的至少 遠7G件遞送單元可包含至少—饋送軌道—此 ”製私可包3提供被組構成用於施加真空力組的至少 :不同真空組合件,其中所述至少二不同的真空植 動=叙接於每條相應饋送執道上的至少二不同部位。愈 =鄕程相關,元件接收台可包含•二不_元件接收 裔,至少二不同元件接收器的每一者適當地成形以接收至 95417 17 201231368 少一元件。 性建立第ί 同饋送執道部位可包含選擇 空力在與第-位處的強度和第二真 強度中至少之二。c第二饋送執道部位處的 相同或與之不同考第—真空力可以與第二真空力的強度 本發明的製程可包含提供與 _的複數個真空單元,並且動地 ==部位包括選擇性建立至少軌= :rrr少-心二接的 一條饋送軌道可流動地輕接的第二組直 二早70,第一組真空皁元與第二組真空 八 真空單元包含暴露於至少一饋送執道的第-叙真I門:組 =組真空單元包含暴露於至少-饋送執道的;二 細加冑工力組到至少二不同饋送執道部位可包 真空力遍及第,的元二 使用第-組真工開口分配第二真空力遍 :件。由第-真空力的強度相對於元件第一數目所= ^比率可以_於或不同於⑼如,大於或小、 真空力的強度相對於元件第二數目所定義的第二比率第- 第-組真空開口可以藉助以相對於至少一饋逆軌 角度所組構或安排的-組真空管道與至少—饋送執 95417 18 201231368 接。本發明的製程可進一步包含提供以相對於至少 軌道的角度所安排的-組氣道。使一連串的元件沿至少」 道向元件出σ移動係包含制第—組真空開口和氣 使串列安排的元件沿饋送軌道向元件出逐 列安排的元件沿饋送執道的同步逐步移動: :循|地調節真空力組内部的至少―真空力。在複數個 細例中’使串列安排的元件沿饋送執 ::r環r節真空力組内部的至少-真空力,= 氣塵施加實質上怪定的位移力到-連串的元件上。 元件ίΓΓ開口可以比第二組真空開口安置得更靠近 -數目*組真空開口可以組構成用以適應元件的第 第-數目ί!二組真空開口可以組構成用以適應元件的 !二其中元件的第一數目和第二數目可以是相同或 數=的如’元件的第一數目可以小於或大於元件的第二 )/在一些實施例中,元件的第-數目等於一。 施加一真空力組到至少二不同饋送執道 立:送執道與第一組真空開口和第二組真空開口中= ㈣連通。在幾個實施例中,第—組真空開口 的真空腔輕接。八|係與兀件遞送單元所攜帶 軌道本步包含提供正氣_至少一饋送 件^件出口移動。可以用實質上怪定的流速 95417 19 201231368 和實質上恒定的壓力提供正氣壓。施加一真空力組到至少 二不同饋送執道部位包含以相對於正氣壓的間歇方式施加 該真空力組。例如,施加一真空力組到至少二不同饋送執 道部位可包含在不間斷地提供正氣壓至饋送軌道的期間施 加該真空力組。 根據本發明的一個態樣,用於調節元件流動和分隔元 件中至少之一項的製程包含提供元件遞送單元,其具有組 構成用以使元件從元件入口向元件出口移動的至少一饋送 執道;向至少一條饋送軌道提供一連串元件,該一連串的 元件包含第一元件和串列接續第一元件的第二元件;提供 施加位移力到一連串的元件上以使該一連串的元件沿饋送 執道向元件出口移動的實質上不間斷的正壓氣流;使該一 連串的元件内部的第一元件從元件出口輸出;施加一真空 力組至一組饋送軌道部位;以及使第二元件沿至少一饋送 執道的移動僅因施加真空力組而停止。 根據本發明的一個態樣,用於調節元件流動和分隔元 件中至少之一項的製程包含提供元件遞送單元,其具有至 少一饋送軌道和與至少一饋送執道可流動地耦接的可選擇 真空單元組構,至少一饋送執道係組構成用以使元件從元 件入口向元件出口串列移動;建立第真空單元組構,其 定義與至少一饋送執道在第一組饋送軌道部位處流動地耦 接的第一組真空單元;使複數個元件沿至少<饋送軌道向 元件出口移動;從元件出口輸出前導元件,同時使複數個 元件沿至少一饋送軌道移動;從元件出口輸出前導元件的16 95417 S 201231368 '=第: The element and the second element of the serially connected first element; causing the one::::ΓΓ feed track to move out of the element σ; and applying /, 丨 to the noisy one At least two different feed track locations are avoided to avoid that the second component inside the series of components is output from the component outlet. A series of components may comprise a serially connected second component. The method may further comprise adjusting the internal force of the vacuum force group to the second component of the current series of components. The second component is output from the component outlet! At least a vacuum force inside the force group prevents the third element inside the element from being output from the element outlet after the element has been at least partially output from the element outlet. The process of the embodiment of the invention may also include providing a component that is configured to connect at least one of the elements within the component. The red piece receiving station includes a shape to receive at least one component, to; receive H or a receiving structure. At least one vacuum assembly of the process f force group = two different portions may be difficult to at least - at least the far 7G piece delivery unit of the ballast track may comprise at least - a feed track - this "private package 3 provides a group composition At least: different vacuum assemblies for applying a vacuum force group, wherein the at least two different vacuum implants are associated with at least two different portions on each respective feed channel. The more the process is related to the component receiving station Each of the at least two different component receivers is suitably shaped to receive to 95417 17 201231368 one less component. The sexual establishment of the ί 馈送 馈送 可 can include the selection of the air force in the first position At least two of the strength at the second true strength and the second true strength. c. The second feed is at the same or different from the test site - the vacuum force may be the same as the strength of the second vacuum force. The process of the present invention may include providing a plurality of vacuum units, and the ground == portion includes selectively establishing at least the rail =: rrr is less - the core is connected to the second rail, the second group of straight two early 70, the first group of vacuum soap elements and First The group vacuum eight vacuum unit includes a first-exposure I door exposed to at least one feed channel: a group=group vacuum unit including exposure to at least a feed pass; a second fine twist force group to at least two different feed cue The portion may include a vacuum force throughout the second, and the second vacuum force is used to distribute the second vacuum force: the ratio of the intensity of the first vacuum force relative to the first number of components = ^ ratio may be different from or different from (9) eg, greater or lesser, the second ratio of the strength of the vacuum force relative to the second number of elements, the first set of vacuum openings may be by means of a set vacuum arranged or arranged relative to at least one feed reverse rail angle The conduit is coupled to at least a feed holder 95417 18 201231368. The process of the present invention can further include providing a set of air passages arranged at an angle relative to at least the track. Having a series of elements along at least the directional element of the trajectory - a group of vacuum openings and gases to progressively move the elements arranged in series along the feed track to the elements in a row-by-column arrangement along the feed path:: to adjust at least the "vacuum force" inside the vacuum force group. In a number of fine cases, 'make the arranged elements along the feed::r ring at least the vacuum force inside the r-section vacuum force group, = the gas dust applies a substantially strange displacement force to the - series of components . The elements ΓΓ openings may be placed closer than the second set of vacuum openings - the number * sets of vacuum openings may be grouped to accommodate the first - number of components ί! The two sets of vacuum openings may be grouped to accommodate the components! The first number and the second number may be the same or number = such as 'the first number of elements may be less than or greater than the second of the elements" / in some embodiments, the first number of elements is equal to one. Applying a vacuum force group to at least two different feed lanes: the delivery lane is in communication with the first set of vacuum openings and the second set of vacuum openings = (d). In several embodiments, the vacuum chamber of the first set of vacuum openings is lightly coupled. The eight-line and the element delivery unit carry the track. This step includes providing positive air _ at least one feed piece exit movement. The positive air pressure can be provided with a substantially ambiguous flow rate of 95417 19 201231368 and a substantially constant pressure. Applying a vacuum force group to at least two different feed channel locations includes applying the vacuum force group in an intermittent manner relative to positive air pressure. For example, applying a vacuum force group to at least two different feed channel locations can include applying the vacuum force group while providing positive air pressure to the feed track without interruption. According to one aspect of the invention, a process for adjusting at least one of component flow and separator elements includes providing a component delivery unit having at least one feedway configured to move the component from the component inlet to the component outlet Providing a series of elements to at least one of the feed tracks, the series of elements comprising a first element and a second element in series with the first element; providing a displacement force to the series of elements such that the series of elements are directed along the feed a substantially uninterrupted positive pressure flow moving through the component outlet; causing the first component inside the series of components to be output from the component outlet; applying a vacuum force group to the set of feed track locations; and causing the second component to follow at least one feed The movement of the track is stopped only by the application of the vacuum force group. According to one aspect of the invention, a process for adjusting at least one of component flow and separator elements includes providing a component delivery unit having at least one feed track and a flowably coupleable coupling to at least one feed channel a vacuum unit assembly, at least one of which is configured to move the element from the element inlet to the element outlet; establishing a first vacuum unit configuration defined at least with a feed at the first set of feed track locations a first set of vacuum units fluidly coupled; moving a plurality of elements along at least the <feed track to the element exit; outputting the front element from the element exit while moving the plurality of elements along at least one feed track; outputting a preamble from the element exit Component

20 95417 S 201231368 至少一部分之後,施加真空力至第一真空單元組構;並且 確定在施加真空力至第一真空單元組構期間,第一真空單 元組構是否避免另一個元件從元件出口輸出。 這種製程可進一步包含提供組構成用以從元件出口接 收元件的元件接收台;和從元件出口卸載一連串的元件内 部的第一元件至元件接收台。該元件接收台包含適當地成 形以接收至少一元件的接收器。 在某些實施例中,元件遞送單元包含平行排列的至少 二饋送軌道。至少一真空組合件包括至少二不同的真空組 合件,至少二不同的真空組合件的每一者流動地可耦接於 每條相應饋送執道上的至少二不同部位。該元件接收台可 包含至少二不同的元件接收器,至少二不同元件接收器的 每一者適當地成形以接收至少一元件。 本發明的製程可以額外包含建立第二真空單元組構, 其定義與至少一饋送軌道在第二組饋送執道部位處流動地 耦接的第二組真空單元,第二組饋送軌道部位與第一組饋 送轨道部位不同;使複數個元件沿至少一饋送軌道向元件 出口移動;從元件出口輸出元件,同時使複數個元件沿至 少一饋送執填移動;從元件出口輸出該元件之後,施加真 空力至第二真空單元組構;並確定在施加真空力至第二真 空單元組構期間,第二真空單元組構是否避免另一個元件 從元件出口輸出。第二組饋送軌道部位可包含比第一組饋 送軌道部位更多數目的饋送執道部位。 根據本發明的一個態樣,用於調節元件流動和分隔元 21 95417 201231368 件中至少之一項的製程包含提供元件遞送單元,其具有至 少一饋送執道和與至少一條饋送執道的不同位置可流動地 耦接的可選擇的複數個真空開口,至少一條饋送軌道組構 成用以使元件從元件入口向元件出口移動;使複數個元件 沿至少一饋送軌道向元件出口移動;循環地施加第一真空 力組至與至少一饋送執道流動地耦接的第一組真空開口; 由於讓複數個元件沿至少一饋送軌道移動和循環性施加真 空力組至第一組真空開口之間的交替轉變而從元件出口輸 出元件評估集合,該元件評估集合包含至少一元件;確定 與元件評估集合對應的至少一個損壞量度,至少一損壞量 度提供對元件結構性損壞和元件功能性損壞之一者的指 示;並且基於至少一個損壞量度,建立與第一組真空開口 不同的第二組真空開口和與第一真空力組不同的第二真空 力組中至少之一者。輸出元件評估集合可包含以施加第一 真空力組至第一組真空開口時避免來自元件出口的元件輸 出的方式從元件出口串列輸出各個元件。 根據本發明的一個態樣,用於調節元件流動和分隔元 件中至少之一項的製程包含提供元件遞送單元,其具有與 正氣壓源可流動地耦接的至少一饋送執道和與至少一饋送 執道可流動地耦接的可選擇真空單元組構,至少一饋送執 道組構成使元件從元件入口向元件出口移動;施加正氣壓 到至少一饋送軌道;藉助正氣壓施加位移力到至少一饋送 執道所攜帶的複數個元件上;使複敖個元件沿至少一饋送 軌道向元件出口移動;且確定真空單元組構,其對抗位移20 95417 S 201231368 After at least a portion, a vacuum force is applied to the first vacuum unit configuration; and it is determined whether the first vacuum unit configuration prevents another element from being output from the element outlet during application of the vacuum force to the first vacuum unit configuration. Such a process can further include providing a component receiving station configured to receive the component from the component outlet; and unloading the first component from the component outlet to the component receiving station from the component outlet. The component receiving station includes a receiver suitably shaped to receive at least one component. In some embodiments, the component delivery unit includes at least two feed tracks arranged in parallel. The at least one vacuum assembly includes at least two different vacuum assemblies, each of the at least two different vacuum assemblies being fluidly coupled to at least two different locations on each respective feed channel. The component receiving station can include at least two different component receivers, each of the at least two different component receivers being suitably shaped to receive at least one component. The process of the present invention may additionally include establishing a second vacuum cell assembly defining a second set of vacuum cells that are fluidly coupled to the at least one feed track at the second set of feedway locations, the second set of feed track locations and a set of feed track portions are different; moving a plurality of elements along the at least one feed track toward the component exit; outputting the component from the component exit while simultaneously moving the plurality of components along at least one feed; after outputting the component from the component exit, applying a vacuum Force to the second vacuum unit configuration; and determine whether the second vacuum unit configuration prevents another element from being output from the element outlet during application of the vacuum force to the second vacuum unit configuration. The second set of feed track locations may include a greater number of feed track locations than the first set of feed track locations. According to one aspect of the invention, a process for regulating element flow and at least one of the separators 21 951 417 201231368 includes providing a component delivery unit having at least one feedway and a different position from at least one feedway Optionally, a plurality of vacuum openings, the at least one feed track set is configured to move the component from the component inlet to the component outlet; the plurality of components are moved along the at least one feed track toward the component exit; cyclically applying a vacuum force group to a first set of vacuum openings fluidly coupled to at least one of the feed channels; alternating between the plurality of elements moving along the at least one feed track and cyclically applying a vacuum force group to the first set of vacuum openings Transitioning from the component exit output component evaluation set, the component evaluation set comprising at least one component; determining at least one damage metric corresponding to the component evaluation set, the at least one damage metric providing one of structural damage to the component and functional damage of the component An indication; and based on at least one damage measure, establishing a vacuum with the first set With a second set of vacuum openings and a second set of vacuum force and vacuum force different from the first group by at least one. The set of output component evaluations can include outputting the individual components from the component exit string in a manner that avoids component output from the component exit when the first set of vacuum forces is applied to the first set of vacuum openings. According to one aspect of the invention, a process for adjusting at least one of component flow and separator elements includes providing a component delivery unit having at least one feedway and at least one fluidly coupled to a source of positive air pressure a selective vacuum unit configuration in which the feed channel is flowably coupled, at least one feed group configured to move the element from the element inlet to the element outlet; applying a positive air pressure to the at least one feed track; applying a displacement force to the at least positive pressure a plurality of components carried by the carrier; moving the plurality of components along the at least one feed track toward the component exit; and determining the vacuum cell assembly against the displacement

22 95417 S 201231368 …空件經由元❹,。真 從元件入口至元件出口可移動的少-鎮送軌道 =及⑻,收單元;和元件:二=-饋送 冓成用以從兀件出口接收連串…、有(a)組 收結構;及⑹組構成用以與元=物内㈣元件的接 對齧合的一組齧合單元。 ,、早7L的接收單元組配 在一些實施例尹,齧合單 元件遞送翠元延伸的一組突出構件7離間接收結構並向 構成用以接收突出構件組的元件遞送單组包含在組 時,‘:Γ和接收單元組以部分餐合的狀態存在 '结構組:成用以提供元件遞送單元和接收 部分地佈置在-Μ χ橋接構件係組構成用以支撐至少 某此竇^單元和元件接枚台之間的元件。在 ^以促γ ’使橋接構件和接收結構至少之—者逐漸變 間的位置亨Γΐ合Γ納元件遞送單元與元件接收台之 時,橋接構件和接收結構彻 根據本發明的-個態樣,用於分離元件的製程包含提 95417 23 201231368 供包含至少一饋送軌道和一組接收單元的元件遞送單元, 至少一條饋送執道組構成用以使一連串元件沿至少一饋送 執道從元件入口至元件出口移動;提供包含接收結構和齧 合單元組的元件接收台,接收結構係組構成用以從元件出 口接收一連串的元件内部的元件,齧合單元組係組構成用 以與接收單元組配對齧合,當齧合單元組和接收單元組以 部分齧合的狀態存在時,齧合單元組係組構成用以提供元 件遞送單元和接收結構之間的橋接構件;當齧合單元組和 接收單元組以部分齧合的狀態存在時,使元件從元件出口 輸出至元件接收台;並且藉助橋接構件支撐來自元件出口 的元件輸出物。 【實施方式】 本發明的實施例涉及用於調節元件流動及/或分隔、分 離或單一化元件(例如由例如四方扁平封裝(QFP)、四方扁 平無引腳(QFN)的封裝件及/或其他類型的封裝件所攜帶的 半導體和電子元件)的系統、裝置、設備、方法、程序和技 術。本發明的具體實施例涉及從串列排列在元件遞送或運 輸單元上,並且由其攜帶的一組或多組元件中分隔或分離 在元件接收台或單元上安排或由其攜帶的元件,具體而言 是沿該元件遞送單元的部分所攜帶或形成的饋送執道、管 道或管道而運輸的元件。 依實施例的細節而定,可以沿饋送執道提供、導入或 供應連續或不連續的預壓空氣或氣體的流或供給物,以促 進元件沿饋送執道流動、移動、運輸、遞送或轉移,例如,22 95417 S 201231368 ...The empty piece is via Yuanxiao. From the component inlet to the component outlet, the movable-less ballasting track = and (8), the receiving unit; and the component: two = - feeding 冓 to receive the series from the 出口 出口 exit ..., with (a) group receiving structure; And (6) constitute a group of engaging units for engaging the elements of the element (4). The receiving unit of the early 7L is assembled in some embodiments. The engaging unit member delivers a set of protruding members 7 extending from the emerald element to receive the structure and deliver a single set of components to the group for receiving the protruding member group. , ': the Γ and the receiving unit group exist in a state of partial merging', the structural group is configured to provide the component delivery unit and the receiving portion is arranged in the Μ χ bridging component group to constitute at least some of the sinus unit and The components are connected to the components between the stages. The bridging member and the receiving structure are completely in accordance with the present invention when the position of the bridging member and the receiving structure is gradually changed to allow the gamma 'to make at least a position between the bridging member and the receiving structure. The process for separating components includes a 95714 23 201231368 component delivery unit including at least one feed track and a set of receiving units, the at least one feed group configured to cause a series of components to pass from the component inlet to the at least one feedway Moving the component outlet; providing a component receiving station including a receiving structure and a meshing unit group, the receiving structural system group configured to receive a series of components inside the component from the component outlet, the meshing unit group configured to be paired with the receiving unit group Engagement, when the engaging unit group and the receiving unit group are present in a partially engaged state, the engaging unit group is configured to provide a bridging member between the component delivering unit and the receiving structure; when engaging the unit group and receiving When the unit group is present in a partially engaged state, the component is output from the component outlet to the component receiving station; and by means of the bridging member Support elements the output from the outlet element. [Embodiment] Embodiments of the present invention relate to regulating component flow and/or separating, separating, or singulating components (eg, by, for example, a quad flat pack (QFP), a quad flat no-lead (QFN) package, and/or Systems, devices, devices, methods, programs, and techniques for semiconductors and electronic components carried by other types of packages. Particular embodiments of the present invention relate to elements arranged or carried on a component receiving station or unit, either separated or separated from one or more sets of elements carried by the string, or It is an element that is transported along a feeder, pipe or pipe carried or formed by a portion of the component delivery unit. Depending on the details of the embodiment, a continuous or discontinuous flow or supply of pre-pressed air or gas may be provided, introduced or supplied along the feed to facilitate flow, movement, transport, delivery or transfer of the component along the feed. ,E.g,

24 95417 S 201231368 從饋送軌道的物件或元件入口至或向饋送軌道的物件或元 件出口。在幾個實施例中,針對或沿饋送轨道的一個或複 數個部分所施加的預壓空氣流在元件分隔操作期間是連續 的或實質上連續的。因此,這種預壓空氣流<以在元件分 隔操作期間施加實質上恆定的位移力到饋送軌道所攜帶的 一個或複數個元件上,其中位移力包括指向元件出口的向 量分量。 度及/或容易度。具體的實施例使元件接收台和元件遞送^ 元能夠藉助配對齧合單元配對地轉接。 、早 當配對齧合單元相互處於充分齧合或充分配對的仅置24 95417 S 201231368 Exits from the object or component inlet of the feed track to or to the object or component of the feed track. In several embodiments, the pre-compressed air flow applied to or along one or more portions of the feed track is continuous or substantially continuous during the element separation operation. Thus, this pre-compressed air flow <RTIgt; applies a substantially constant displacement force during the component separation operation to one or more of the elements carried by the feed track, wherein the displacement force includes a directional component directed toward the element exit. Degree and / or ease. Particular embodiments enable the component receiving station and component delivery unit to be mated for transfer by means of a mating engagement unit. As early as when the mating engagement units are fully engaged or fully paired with each other

元件接收台和元件遞送單元之間的元件的— 分,例如,如果a亥元件在配對齧合單元處於 個或複數個部 邻分齧合或部 沿饋送軌道的預壓空氣流或供應物促進元件從饋送執 道的元件出口中輸出,這可以與元件從饋送軌道卸載或轉 移至元件接收台相對應。在選擇的實施例中,元件接收台 及/或兀件遞送單元可包含一組配對齧合單元(贴 engagement element),其中將所述的配對齧合單元組構成 用以增強從饋送執道卸載或轉移元件_元件接收台上的精 τ·〜上,並 至元件接收 配對的位置 丨如,至少稍 綠件(bridge 分地安排在 95417 25 201231368 分配對的位置時由該元件遞送單元輸出或從其中卸載。在 一些實施例中,可以使特定配對齧合單元的部分逐漸變 細、輪廓吻合或以其他方法成型以促進或增強當元件接收 台(再)定位或(再)對準之誤差相對於元件遞送單元而言存 在時,彼此成功齧合和元件接收台成功緊靠元件遞送單元 的可能性。 本發明的實施例包含至少一個真空組合件,其中所述 的至少一個真空組合件係組構成用以調節沿饋送軌道的元 件流動,例如透過藉助在或相對於特定(例如,複數個不同 的)馈送軌道位置所施加的一個或複數個真空力或負壓,使 運動中的元件週期、循環或間歇地減速及>或使得沿饋送軌 道行進的元件停止移動。使元件減速及/或使得沿饋送執道 的元件移動停止係調節了元件流動,且可以避免饋送執道 所攜帶的一個或複數個元件(即最靠近元件出口的下一個 元件以及一個或複數個後繼元件)卸載或轉移至元件接收 台。 週期、循環或間歇地提供真空力至饋送軌道的部分, 與此同時提供了施加位移力到沿饋送軌道的物件或元件上 的正氣壓,這導致逐步、分步、離散、遞增及/或週期、循 環或間歇地中止物件或元件沿饋送軌道向元件出口的移動 或前進。這種逐步元件移動係相對於調整(例如,循環地施 加或增加,和調整或釋放)施力σ至饋送執道諸部分的特定真 空力而言以同步、受控制或受調節的方式出現。調整此類 真空力並因而沿饋送軌道逐步移動串列組織的元件可與來The component of the component between the component receiving station and the component delivery unit, for example, if the aging component is in the mating engagement unit at one or more of the partial orbital or the pre-pressed air flow or supply along the feed track The component is output from the component exit of the feedway, which may correspond to the component being unloaded or transferred from the feed track to the component receiving station. In selected embodiments, the component receiving station and/or the component delivery unit may comprise a set of engagement elements, wherein the pair of mating elements are configured to enhance unloading from the feeder. Or transfer the component _ component to the fine τ·~ on the receiving stage, and to the position where the component receives the pairing, for example, at least a little green (the bridge is arranged by the component delivery unit when it is arranged at the location of the assigned pair 95417 25 201231368 or Unloading therefrom. In some embodiments, portions of a particular mating engagement unit may be tapered, contoured, or otherwise shaped to promote or enhance error in (re)positioning or (re)alignment of the component receiving station. The possibility of successful engagement with each other and the component receiving station successfully abuts the component delivery unit when present relative to the component delivery unit. Embodiments of the invention include at least one vacuum assembly, wherein the at least one vacuum assembly is The group is configured to regulate the flow of components along the feed track, for example by means of or in relation to a particular (eg, a plurality of different) feeds One or more vacuum forces or negative pressures applied to the track position, causing the component in motion to cycle, cycle or intermittently decelerate &> or causing the component traveling along the feed track to stop moving. Decelerating the component and/or causing the edge The component stop movement of the feed channel adjusts the component flow and can prevent one or more components carried by the feed channel (ie, the next component closest to the component exit and one or more subsequent components) from being unloaded or transferred to the component. Receiving station. Periodically, cyclically or intermittently providing a vacuum force to the portion of the feed track, while providing a positive pressure applied to the object or component along the feed track, which results in progressive, stepwise, discrete, incremental and / or periodically, cyclically or intermittently suspend movement or advancement of the article or element along the feed track to the element exit. This stepwise element movement is applied to the adjustment (eg, cyclically applied or increased, and adjusted or released) to σ The specific vacuum force of the parts of the feed is in a synchronized, controlled or regulated manner. Adjusting such true The force of the air force and thus the progressive movement of the components of the tandem organization along the feed track

26 95417 S 201231368 自元件出口的元件輸出同步或協調。 例如,在包括第一或前導元件和沿饋送執道尾隨於該 前導元件之後的眾多後續元件的一組元件内部,當該前導 元件已經至少部分地或實質上從元件出口輸出並卸載到元 件接收台上時,可以調整施加至饋送執道的真空力以避免 一個或複數個後續元件從元件出口輸出,直到該元件接收 台準備好接收下一個元件。可以控制或調節施加至該饋送 執道的真空力,使得沿饋送執道的逐步元件移動同步於元 件接收台的各個元件的受控接收或捕獲。具體而言,當元 件接收台空閒並且相對於元件遞送單元適當地定位時,施 加真空力至饋送執道可以與各個元件從馈送軌道輸出及/ 或由元件接收台相應元件接收相協調或同步,如下文詳細 地進一步描述。 另外,根據本發明的實施例藉助真空力使元件沿饋送 軌道的移動減速及/或停止可以減少因沿饋送執道的元件 碰撞(例如,當給定元件因向前動量而擊打或撞擊相鄰元件 時)對元件所造成的衝擊力,進而降低或最小化元件損壞的 可能性。本發明的實施例因而適用於以保護小的、極小的、 細緻及/或易損壞元件的結構和功能完整性的方式分隔或 單一化此類元件。因此,本發明的具體實施例實現了循環 調節沿饋送軌道的元件流動,這可進一步透過真空組合件 施加一個或複數個真空力或壓力至饋送執道(例如,在沿饋 送軌道的特定的位置、區段或區域集合處一次或多次地) 來實現各個元件的分隔、單一化或分離(例如,安排在元件 27 95417 201231368 接收台上的元件與沿饋送執道所安置的其他元件分隔)。在 某些實施例中,特定的真空力可以按還擇性及/或獨立的方 式施加至不同饋送執道位置或區域。在此類實施例中,真 空組合件可包含組構來用於與饋送軌道選擇性流體(fluid) 連通或與之流體耦接的真空單元。在本發明的上下文中, 「流體連通」一詞意指對應於或延伸至一種或多種流體及/ 或氣體(例如,空氣及/或另一種氣體及/或液體)跨某開 口、沿某通路及/或在某結構(如腔、管道(channel)、管 (tube)、槽(duct)、孔或軸(shaft))内部以本領域普通技 術人員理解的方式流動。根據本發明的多種實施例,此類 液態或氣態流體連通可以因施加一個或複數個壓力、流或 力(例如,正壓氣流及/或施加的真空力)所致。 將真空組合件組構成用以施加足夠的真空力或壓力以 循環、週期或間歇地使得沿饋送執道行進的元件的運動減 速或停止,因而循環、週期或間歇地避免元件從元件出口 的不想要或失控的輸出、卸下或拋出,這可以相應地避免 元件在除了在當元件接收台(a)相對於該饋送執道適當地 定位並且(b)準備好接收下一個元件時之外的時間從饋送 執道轉移至元件接收台。真空組合件可以組構成用以實現 控制在饋送執道的一個或複數個部分、區域、區段、位置、 部位處所施加的真空力的強度和持續時間中之至少一項。 在多種實施例中,將真空組合件組構成用以沿饋送軌 道在至少兩個差異或不同位置或部位處施加真空力以使元 件沿饋送執道的行進或流動減速及/或停止。在一些實施例26 95417 S 201231368 The component outputs from the component exit are synchronized or coordinated. For example, within a group of elements comprising a first or preamble element and a plurality of subsequent elements following the feed path following the preamble element, when the preamble element has been at least partially or substantially output from the element outlet and unloaded to the element for reception On the stage, the vacuum force applied to the feed lane can be adjusted to prevent one or more subsequent components from being output from the component outlet until the component receiving station is ready to receive the next component. The vacuum force applied to the feed lane can be controlled or adjusted such that the stepwise component movement along the feed lane is synchronized with the controlled receipt or capture of the various components of the component receiving station. In particular, when the component receiving station is idle and properly positioned relative to the component delivery unit, applying a vacuum force to the feed trajectory can be coordinated or synchronized with the respective component output from the feed track and/or received by the component receiving station. It is further described in detail below. Additionally, decelerating and/or stopping the movement of the component along the feed track by vacuum force in accordance with embodiments of the present invention may reduce component collisions along the feed (e.g., when a given component hits or strikes the phase due to forward momentum) When adjacent to the component, the impact on the component reduces or minimizes the possibility of component damage. Embodiments of the present invention are thus suitable for separating or singulating such elements in a manner that protects the structural and functional integrity of the components that are small, minimal, detailed, and/or susceptible to damage. Thus, embodiments of the present invention enable cyclic adjustment of component flow along the feed track, which may further apply one or more vacuum forces or pressures through the vacuum assembly to the feed lane (eg, at a particular location along the feed track) , segment or region collection at one or more times) to achieve separation, simplification or separation of individual components (eg, components placed on component 27 95417 201231368 receiving stations are separated from other components placed along the feeder lane) . In some embodiments, the particular vacuum force can be applied to different feedway locations or regions in an optional and/or independent manner. In such embodiments, the vacuum assembly can include a vacuum unit that is configured for fluidly coupled to or fluidly coupled to the feed track. In the context of the present invention, the term "fluid communication" means corresponding to or extending to one or more fluids and/or gases (eg, air and/or another gas and/or liquid) across an opening, along a path. And/or flow within a structure (e.g., cavity, channel, tube, duct, hole or shaft) in a manner understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. According to various embodiments of the invention, such liquid or gaseous fluid communication may result from the application of one or more pressures, flows or forces (e.g., positive pressure gas flow and/or applied vacuum force). The vacuum assembly set is configured to apply sufficient vacuum force or pressure to decelerate or stop the movement of the element traveling along the feed lane in a cyclic, periodic or intermittent manner, thereby avoiding the need to circulate, periodically or intermittently avoid the component exiting from the component. If the output is to be out of control, unloaded or thrown, this can accordingly prevent the component from being in addition to being properly positioned when the component receiving station (a) is positioned relative to the feed and (b) ready to receive the next component. The time is transferred from the feed to the component receiving station. The vacuum assembly can be configured to effect control of at least one of the strength and duration of the vacuum force applied at one or more portions, regions, sections, locations, locations of the feedway. In various embodiments, the vacuum assembly set is configured to apply a vacuum force at at least two different or different locations or locations along the feed track to slow and/or stop the travel or flow of the component along the feed lane. In some embodiments

28 95417 S 201231368 ‘中,可以獨立地組構、控制、選擇或變動沿饋送軌道在複 數個相異位置中每個位置處的真空力強度和持續時間中之 至少一項。在某些實施例中,真空組合件包括與沿饋送軌 道的至少兩個不同位置對應的至少兩個實體上分離的真空 腔、管道、結構及/或單元(例如,真空開口)。 在幾個實施例中,將真空組合件組構成用以在第一組 饋送軌道位置處施加第一真空力組和在第二組饋送軌道位 置處施加第二真空力組。因此,該真空組合件可以施加第 一真空力組至饋送軌道所攜帶的第一組元件,並且施加第 二真空力組至饋送軌道所攜帶的第二組元件,其中第二組 元件尾隨於第一組元件之後。第一真空力組具有足以使第 一組元件沿饋送執道的運動停止的強度,並且第二真空力 組具有足以至少使第二組元件沿饋送執道的運動減速的強 度。例如,第一真空力組可以具有足以使位置最靠近元件 出口的前導元件的運動停止的強度,並且第二真空力組可 以具有足以至少使位於前導元件之後的眾多尾隨元件的運 動減速的強度。即,將一個或複數個元件安排得比前導元 件進一步遠離元件出口。 在幾個實施例中,可以在單一化操作期間在持久或整 體上持久的基礎上在或相對於一個或複數個饋送軌道位置 施加真空力,進而避免元件從元件出口輸出,直到元件接 收台(a)直接相鄰(例如,緊靠)元件遞送單元地(再)定位; 並且(b)準備好接收下一個元件。當元件接收台直接相鄰或 緊靠元件遞送單元地(再)定位並準備好接收下一個元件 ’ 29 95417 201231368 t 時,可以臨時降低、中斷或終止所施加的一個或複數個真 、 空力,讓沿饋送執道的元件運動可以再繼續,且下一個元 件可以從元件出口輸出並且轉移或卸載到元件接收台上。 一旦元件接收台在元件接收台的接收結構處接收這個新近 或最新卸載的元件,則(a)可以施加一個或複數個真空力至 元件接收台以穩固地留住或托住該接收結構上這個新近或 最新卸載的元件;且(b)可以在或相對於一個或複數個饋送 軌道位置再施加、再建立或增加一個或複數個真空力,讓 沿饋送執道運動中的元件減速及/或停止並避免元件從元 件出口輸出。 元件接收台可以因此從元件遞送單元轉移或轉走,讓 元件接收台所攜帶的元件可以派送(dispatch)或轉移至加 工站。與元件派送操作相關,可以降低或釋放使元件固定 在元件接收台的接收結構上的一真空力組,讓元件可以從 元件接收台移除(例如藉由拾取或放置裝置)並轉移至加工 站。在元件派送至加工站之後,空的元件接收台(即,元件 已經因元件派送至加工站而從中移走的元件接收台)可以 直接相鄰元件遞送單元地再定位。隨後可以臨時降低或中 斷在或相對於特定饋送軌道位置所施加的一個或複數個真 空力,使得沿饋送執道的元件運動可以再繼續,且下一個 或後繼元件可以從元件遞送單元的元件出口卸載至元件接 收台。 除了前文之外,在引導一個或複數個元件至饋送軌道 的元件入口且將此類元件向元件出口移動之前或之時,建 30 95417 2 201231368 立及/或增加對元件出口處、靠近元件出口及/或元件出口 附近的真空單元所施加的真空力,且循環、週期或間歇地 施加該真空力。因此,減少或最小化從元件出口失控或非 預期地卸下或拋出一個或複數個元件(例如,高速拋出輸入 至元件入口的最初或前導元件)的可能性。即,當沿饋送軌 道的元件移動可以出現時,對元件出口處、元件出口附近 及/或靠近元件出口的至少一組真空單元施加至少一真空 力組。因此,本發明的實施例係組構成用以防止或避免在 減速力及/或制動力施加不存在下從元件出口卸下元件,其 中所述的減速力及/或制動力在此類元件沿饋送轨道行進 時施加至這些元件。在某些實施例中,可以在不中斷的情 況下施加其目的為使沿饋送軌道的元件流動減速及/或停 止的真空力,直到真空開關、光學感應器或其他感應單元 偵測到第一或前導元件在饋送執道上的存在或運動,此後 真空力的循環、週期或間歇施加可以出現,例如,以本文 中所述的方式出現。 下文參考第1圖、第2A至2N圖、第3A至3E圖、第 4A至4E圖、第5圖和第6圖詳細地描述用於分隔元件(例 如由QFP、QFN的封裝件及/或其他類型封裝件或結構所攜 帶的半導體或電子元件)的系統、設備、裝置、程序、方法 及/或技術的代表性方面,在所述圖中.顯示相近或相似的單 元或程序部分是用相近或相似的元件符號。相對於與圖第 1至6圖中之一幅或多幅圖所對應的描述性材料而言,描 述給定元件符號可以表示同時考慮其中也顯示該元件符號 31 95417 201231368 的圖。本發明所提供的實施例不受下述應用妨礙,在所述 應用中需要在本文所述多種實施例之中存在的特殊基礎結 構性及/或操作性原理。 在本發明的上下文中,根據已知的數學定義(例如,以 由Peter J. Eccles於劍橋大學出版社出版的(1998年)《數 學推理導論:數字、集合和函數(J/728 95417 S 201231368 ‘In the middle, at least one of the intensity and duration of the vacuum force at each of the plurality of distinct positions along the feed track can be independently organized, controlled, selected or varied. In certain embodiments, the vacuum assembly includes at least two physically separated vacuum chambers, conduits, structures, and/or units (e.g., vacuum openings) corresponding to at least two different locations along the feed track. In several embodiments, the vacuum assembly set is configured to apply a first set of vacuum forces at a first set of feed track locations and a second set of vacuum forces at a second set of feed track locations. Thus, the vacuum assembly can apply a first set of vacuum forces to the first set of elements carried by the feed track and a second set of vacuum forces to the second set of elements carried by the feed track, wherein the second set of elements follows the After a set of components. The first set of vacuum forces has an intensity sufficient to stop movement of the first set of elements along the feed path, and the second set of vacuum forces has a strength sufficient to at least decelerate the movement of the second set of elements along the feed path. For example, the first set of vacuum forces may have an intensity sufficient to stop the movement of the leading element positioned closest to the component outlet, and the second set of vacuum forces may have an intensity sufficient to at least decelerate the motion of the plurality of trailing elements located behind the leading element. That is, one or more components are arranged further away from the component exit than the preamble element. In several embodiments, a vacuum force may be applied at or relative to one or more of the feed track positions over a permanent or overall lasting basis during singulation operations, thereby avoiding component output from the component exit to the component receiving station ( a) directly (e.g., immediately adjacent) (e.g., abutting) the component delivery unit; and (b) ready to receive the next component. When the component receiving station is directly adjacent or next to the component delivery unit (re)position and ready to receive the next component ' 29 95417 201231368 t , one or more of the applied true or empty forces may be temporarily reduced, interrupted or terminated. The movement of the component along the feed can be continued, and the next component can be output from the component outlet and transferred or unloaded onto the component receiving station. Once the component receiving station receives the new or newly unloaded component at the receiving structure of the component receiving station, (a) one or more vacuum forces may be applied to the component receiving station to securely retain or hold the receiving structure. a newly or recently unloaded component; and (b) may reapply, re-establish or add one or more vacuum forces at or relative to one or more of the feed track positions to slow down the components in the feedway motion and/or Stop and avoid component output from the component exit. The component receiving station can thus be transferred or transferred from the component delivery unit, allowing the components carried by the component receiving station to be dispatched or transferred to the processing station. In connection with the component dispatching operation, a vacuum force group that secures the component to the receiving structure of the component receiving station can be lowered or released, allowing the component to be removed from the component receiving station (eg, by picking or placing the device) and transferred to the processing station. . After the component is dispatched to the processing station, the empty component receiving station (i.e., the component receiving station from which the component has been removed from the processing station) can be repositioned directly adjacent to the component delivery unit. One or more vacuum forces applied at or relative to a particular feed track position may then be temporarily reduced or interrupted such that movement of the component along the feedway may continue, and the next or subsequent component may exit from the component of the component delivery unit Unload to the component receiving station. In addition to the foregoing, at the time of or after directing one or more components to the component inlet of the feed track and moving such components to the component exit, build 30 95417 2 201231368 and/or increase the exit to the component, near the component exit And/or the vacuum force applied by the vacuum unit near the outlet of the component, and the vacuum force is applied cyclically, periodically or intermittently. Thus, the likelihood of uncontrolled or unintentional removal or ejection of one or more components from the component outlet (e.g., high speed throwing of the initial or leading component input to the component inlet) is reduced or minimized. That is, when component movement along the feed track can occur, at least one vacuum force group is applied to at least one of the vacuum cells at the component exit, near the component exit, and/or near the component exit. Accordingly, embodiments of the present invention are configured to prevent or avoid unloading components from the component outlet in the absence of deceleration force and/or braking force application, wherein the deceleration force and/or braking force is along such component The feed track is applied to these elements as they travel. In some embodiments, a vacuum force whose purpose is to decelerate and/or stop the flow of components along the feed track may be applied without interruption until the vacuum switch, optical sensor or other sensing unit detects the first Or the presence or movement of the leader element on the feed lane, after which a cyclic, periodic or intermittent application of vacuum force may occur, for example, in the manner described herein. The components for separating elements (for example, packages by QFP, QFN, and/or hereinafter) are described in detail below with reference to FIG. 1 , FIGS. 2A to 2N , FIGS. 3A to 3E , FIGS. 4A to 4E , 5 , and 6 . Representative aspects of systems, devices, devices, procedures, methods, and/or techniques of semiconductors or electronic components carried by other types of packages or structures, in the figures, showing similar or similar units or program portions for use Similar or similar component symbols. With respect to the descriptive material corresponding to one or more of Figures 1 through 6, the description of a given component symbol can represent a diagram in which the component symbol 31 95417 201231368 is also displayed. The embodiments provided by the present invention are not obstructed by the application in which the particular basic structural and/or operational principles present in the various embodiments described herein are required. In the context of the present invention, according to known mathematical definitions (for example, by Peter J. Eccles, Cambridge University Press (1998), Introduction to Mathematical Reasoning: Numbers, Sets, and Functions (J/7)

Mathematical Reasoning: Numbers, Sets, and 的「第ii章:有限集合的屬性」(例如,如 該書第140頁所示)中所述對應的方式),「集合(set)」一 詞的定義為一個非空的有限的元件構成,其在數學上顯示 基數至少1(即,如本文中定義的集合可以對應於單元素集 合(singlet)或單元件集合(singie eiement set)或多元件 集合(multiple element set))。 代表性的基於真空的元件流動調節及/或分隔系統的方面 第1圖是說明根據本發明之實施例的代表性物件或元 件流動調節及/或分隔、單一化或分離系統J的方塊圖 :個:::中,元件源5攜帶-系列串列安排或相鄰的元 件二物件或單元。元件源5供應或提供it件至元件八r 離裝置10 ’其包含被組構成用以控制或二 件或讀的元件遞送或轉移單元_和組構成用 :二件遞送單元調節物件或元件流動同步的方式從元件 遞送早疋10G接收元件的元件接收或移動台、平一 122處之το件可以由料遞送單元⑽接收或 95417 g 32 201231368 輸八中在元件出口 124處之元件可以從元件遞送單元 100卸載、輪出、卸下或抛出。 根據本發明的多種實施例,物件或元件可以包含例如 由、°構或如卿、卿(例如,攜帶-或多種裝置的QFN,該 裝置係例如&迷器、陀螺儀、壓力感應器或醫療裝置)的封 裝件^氣模、、且封裝件及/或其他類型的元件所攜帶的半導 體、電子及/或其他類型裝置。本發明的具體系統、裝置、 元件”σ構及/或程序可用於控制或調節適合沿饋送軌道串 歹J移,的其他_型物件或元件(包括多種類型的封裝件、元 件單元零件、結構、物品或產品)的流動以及分隔或單 化。例如,本發明的某些實施例可以組構成用以控制或 周郎叮攝產QQ或藥品(例如,片劑、丸劑或膠囊劑,它們 、吊、戍可以疋非常規的,例如以相同、類似或相 似於美國專利案第2G1G/_912G號中所述的方式攜帶電 子電路的「智慧藥丸」)沿饋送軌道的流動,並可能控制或 调節此類產品的分隔或單一化。做為額外或替代方式,本 發明H多實施例可以組構成用以控制或調節應當減少、 最小化或避免物件對物件碰撞或衝擊的物件或元件(例如 軍用品相關的觸發元件)的流動。 如第1圖中所示,空氣或氣體源或單元40可流動地耦 接於兀件源5和元件遞送單元100中的每一者,並且組構 成用以促進元件從元件源5進入和經過元件遞送單元 流動、平移或移動的方式提供或供應空氣或其他氣體的正 壓或流至元件源5和元件遞送單元1〇〇。具體而言,正壓 95417 33 201231368 空氣流施加位移力到此類元件上。該位移力移動戋運輸元 件經,元件遞送單A⑽。在幾個實施财,將預壓= 供應單元40組構成用以在元件單一化操作期間以不間 斷、連續、實質上連續或整體上連續的方式提供正壓空氣 或氣體壓力或流至元件遞送單元100。 真空或抽吸源(suction source)60可流動地耗接於元 件遞运單元100和元件接收台200的每一者。如下文進一 '詳it的元件遞送早·元1〇〇包含一組單元或結構,其中 真二源6 0循環、週期或間歇地施加一個或複數個真空 ,抽吸壓力(例如負壓)或力至所述的單元或結構,以循 S週J或間歇地使元件沿或經過元件遞送單元100的流 動減速及/或停止。 t鉍加至7L件遞送單元100的一個或複數個真空力的週 、、、ώ '民或終止係導致經過元件遞送單元1 〇 〇的元件運動 的相應週期性加速或再繼續、以及個體元件從元件 單元轉移或卸载至元件接故台200。 扣、’·α疋的元件已經卸載至元件接收台200,(再)施 r ί工力至兀件遞送單元1〇〇持續給定的一段時間(其可 :定義為真空施加間隔)係暫時地減緩、中止及/或暫停沿 一件j送單元丨00的元件流動,因而促進由元件接收台200 5攜π的元件與由元件遞送單元100所攜帶的相鄰或相接 70件的分隔或單_化。 具體而言,在藉助施加的一個或複數個真空力減緩、 中止或暫停沿元件遞送單元1〇〇的元件流動的元件派送或 95417 g 34 201231368 取回間隔期間’可以派送、運輪或轉移由元件接收台訓 所擴帶的元件至加工站80 ’例如,通過藉助拾取或放置裝 置(未圖示)。在派送該元件至加工站8〇之後,元件接收台 200不再攜帶元件,即,元件接收台2⑽可以定義為空 (J_y),並且將空的元件接收台_直接或實質上直接= 考几件遞送單元⑽地狀位’使得元件遞送單元ι〇〇可 2載下-個或後繼元件至元件接收台㈣。具體而古, =元件接收台2〇〇緊靠在元件遞送單元1〇〇上並:因 ==收另4元件時,施加至元件遞送單元 低、中止及/或中斷,進而促 職 的元件流動加速或再繼續、及另導^ 70件遞送早元100 _卸载至元件接收台_。通常,:件從70件遞送單元 於真空施加間隔。 通吊,凡件派送間隔小於或等 麵數個實施财,將—個_數個㈣的、 =持久的正壓空氣或氣體麈力施加至元件遞送單元 =如’在元件入口叫靠近元件入口心^ 述方式相對於:2)持:複,真⑽或力以下 124處、靠近元件出口 124忐 干出口 其中在(a)向元件遞送單元1〇〇 :二=近), 此(類)正氣壓不存在的㈣下迥期性施加,且終止 95417 35 201231368 所述的方式實現高速率的元件分隔或單—化。在幾個實施 例中,=件在元件遞送單元100和元件接收台2〇〇之間的 分隔或單一化(例如,因停止沿元件遞送單元1〇〇的元件流 動所致)僅歸因於循環性施加真空力,而不歸因於循環性施 加的真空力與以下情況之一者或二者的敏合:⑷在元件入 口 122處、靠近元件入口 122及/或大體上在元件入口 122 止正氣壓;和(b)由一個或複數個氣簾所提供 /今:△了體而言’在此類實施例中,(a)週期性施加及 二曰加二真空力僅僅負責週期性停止前導元件從元件遞 =早=100輸出,並且⑹週期性中止及/或降低的真 正乳壓在it件上施加的位移力雜進或導致元件運ς 再繼續’使得由元件接收台200所攜帶的元件可 士 派=至加工站80。在某些實施例中,可以在或靠元株 送單元1〇〇的特定部分(如在元件出口 124處、 ^ 二或在元件出口124附近)施加或增加-紅:壓* ^氣體壓力,以辅助元件從元件遞 ^ 件接收台200,如下文進一步所描述的。°°卸载至元 元二:在空氣源4°、與元件源5和元件遞送單 通常知H纟間(例如,藉助如本發明所屬技術 個可調0式^易理解的配管、管道等)轉接的一個或複數 〇:二及/或氣…、儀表(咖⑻、量器 及卩裔、間門或開關42a,42b,_建立、變動 可^^送單元⑽的整體f件流速。系= /、/、4源60、與元件遞送單元1〇〇和元件接 9541?Mathematical Reasoning: Numbers, Sets, and "Chapter ii: Attributes of a finite set" (for example, as described in page 140 of the book), the term "set" is defined as A non-empty finite element composition that mathematically displays a cardinality of at least one (ie, a set as defined herein may correspond to a singlet or a singie eiement set or a multiple component set (multiple) Element set)). Aspects of a Representative Vacuum-Based Component Flow Conditioning and/or Separation System FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a representative article or component flow conditioning and/or separation, singulation or separation system J in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention: In the :::, the component source 5 carries - a series of tandem arrangements or adjacent components of two objects or units. The component source 5 supplies or provides an iterative component to the component device 10' which comprises a component delivery or transfer unit configured to control or two pieces or reads and a group configuration: the two delivery unit regulates the flow of the article or component The means for synchronizing the components from the component receiving the 10G receiving component or the mobile station, the flat 122 can be received by the material delivery unit (10) or 95417 g 32 201231368. The components at the component outlet 124 can be delivered from the component. Unit 100 is unloaded, wheeled, unloaded, or thrown. In accordance with various embodiments of the present invention, an item or element may comprise, for example, a QFN, such as a portable or multi-device, such as a & a gyro, a gyroscope, a pressure sensor, or A semiconductor device, an electronic device, and/or other type of device carried by a package, a medical device, and a package and/or other type of component. The particular system, apparatus, and components of the present invention can be used to control or adjust other _-type objects or components suitable for being moved along the feed track (including various types of packages, component unit parts, structures). , the flow of articles or products, and the separation or singulation. For example, certain embodiments of the invention may be configured to control or to produce QQ or pharmaceutical products (eg, tablets, pills or capsules, Hangs, shackles may be unconventional, such as the flow of "smart pills" carrying electronic circuits in the same, similar or similar manner as described in U.S. Patent No. 2G1G/_912G, and may be controlled or tuned. Separation or simplification of such products. Additionally or alternatively, multiple embodiments of the present invention may be constructed to control or regulate the flow of articles or components (e.g., military-related triggering elements) that should reduce, minimize, or avoid object impact or impact on objects. As shown in FIG. 1, an air or gas source or unit 40 is fluidly coupled to each of the element source 5 and the component delivery unit 100 and is configured to facilitate entry and exit of the component from the component source 5. The component delivery unit provides or supplies a positive pressure or flow of air or other gas to the component source 5 and component delivery unit 1 in a manner that flows, translates, or moves. Specifically, positive pressure 95417 33 201231368 air flow exerts a displacement force on such components. The displacement force moves the transport element through the component delivery sheet A (10). In several implementations, the preload = supply unit 40 group is configured to provide positive pressure air or gas pressure or flow to component delivery in an uninterrupted, continuous, substantially continuous or overall continuous manner during component singulation operations. Unit 100. A vacuum or suction source 60 is flowably consuming to each of the component transport unit 100 and the component receiving station 200. As described below, the component delivery device contains a group of cells or structures in which a true source 60 cycles, periodic or intermittent application of one or more vacuums, suction pressure (eg, negative pressure) or Force the unit or structure to decelerate and/or stop the flow of the component along or through the component delivery unit 100 by S week J or intermittently. The period of one or more vacuum forces applied to the 7L piece delivery unit 100, the corresponding periodic acceleration or re-continuation of the element movement through the component delivery unit 1 , and the individual components Transfer or unload from the component unit to the component switcher 200. The buckle, '·α疋 component has been unloaded to the component receiving station 200, and (re)forced to the component delivery unit 1 for a given period of time (which may be defined as a vacuum application interval) Slowly, suspend, and/or pause the flow of components along a unit 00, thereby facilitating the separation of the π-carrying elements from the component receiving station 200 and the adjacent or 70-parts carried by the component delivery unit 100. Or single _. Specifically, the component dispatching or the 95417 g 34 201231368 retrieval interval during the slowing down, suspension or suspension of component flow along the component delivery unit 1 by means of one or more vacuum forces applied may be dispatched, transported or transferred by The component receives the expanded component of the station to the processing station 80' by, for example, by means of a pick or place device (not shown). After dispatching the component to the processing station 8 , the component receiving station 200 no longer carries the component, ie, the component receiving station 2 (10) can be defined as empty (J_y), and the empty component receiving station _ directly or substantially directly = test The piece delivery unit (10) is in a position such that the component delivery unit ι can carry the next or subsequent component to the component receiving station (four). Specifically, the component receiving station 2 is abutted on the component delivery unit 1 and: when == receives another 4 component, the component delivery unit is low, suspended, and/or interrupted, thereby facilitating the component The flow is accelerated or resumed, and another 70 pieces are delivered early 100 _ unloaded to the component receiving station _. Typically, the pieces are applied from a 70 piece delivery unit at a vacuum. Through the hanging, the piece delivery interval is less than or equal to the number of implementations, and a number of (four), = permanent positive pressure air or gas force is applied to the component delivery unit = such as 'in the component entrance called near the component entrance The method of the heart is relative to: 2) holding: complex, true (10) or force below 124, close to the component outlet 124, dry outlet, where (a) to the component delivery unit 1〇〇: two = near), this (class) (4) The application of the positive air pressure does not exist, and terminates in the manner described in 95417 35 201231368 to achieve high-rate component separation or single-ization. In several embodiments, the separation or singulation between the component delivery unit 100 and the component receiving station 2〇〇 (eg, due to the flow of components stopped along the component delivery unit 1〇〇) is only due to The vacuum force is applied cyclically, without being attributed to the cyclical application of vacuum force to one or both of the following: (4) at element inlet 122, near element inlet 122, and/or substantially at element inlet 122 Positive air pressure; and (b) provided by one or more air curtains / present: △ body - 'In such an embodiment, (a) periodic application and two plus two vacuum forces are only responsible for periodic stops The leading element is output from the component = early = 100, and (6) the periodic pressure is interrupted and/or the actual pressure applied by the negative pressure exerted on the workpiece is mixed or causes the component to continue to be 'received by the component receiving station 200 The components are available to the processing station 80. In some embodiments, the red may be applied or increased at a particular portion of the unit (eg, at the component outlet 124, ^2, or near the component outlet 124), The station 200 is received from the component handler by an auxiliary component, as further described below. °°Unloading to element 2: between the air source 4°, the component source 5 and the component delivery order (for example, with the help of the technology of the present invention, the adjustable pipe, the pipe, etc.) One or more of the transfer: two and / or gas ..., meter (coffee (8), measuring device and 卩, door or switch 42a, 42b, _ establishment, change can be sent to the unit (10) overall f flow rate Line = /, /, 4 source 60, with component delivery unit 1 and component 9541?

S 36 201231368 中每-者_的—個或複數個真空裝置、儀表 = 致動器、閥門或開關㈣娜,用 ==或優化與目標或最佳整體元件分隔或單一化逹 真空壓或力。如下文詳細地進一步插 1 =的一料多組感絲。此_應11組可包含 ?類=感應單元,如光學感應器、真空感應器和4; 運動及/或元件接吹台20刚於元^ :,=可包⑽系統或“式控制器的= :,其中將所述的控制單元90組構成用以自動 制特定氣壓或氣流裝置或調節if似,、較直*壓; 裝,或調節器62a,62b及/或元件接收台2。"目對於二遞 送單元100的運動。本發明所屬技術領域之通常知識者會 理解在多種實施例中,與一個或複數個感應訊號對應的^ 發訊號或回饋訊號可以按照實現這種自動或可程式化控制 的方式提供給控制單元90及/或系統1的其他部分(例如, 一個或複數個致動器)。 代表性基於真空的元件分隔裝置的方面 第2A圖是說明根據本發明實施例的元件流動調節和 分隔、單一化或分離裝置1〇的部分的侧視示意圖,且第 沈圖是第2A圖的元件流動調節和分;隔裝置1〇的實施例的 平面圖。在實施例中,元件分隔裝置1〇包含元件遞送單元 95417 37 201231368 和可miu目鄰元件遞送單S 36 201231368 - each or a plurality of vacuum devices, meters = actuators, valves or switches (four) Na, with == or optimized to separate or singularly target or best integral components, vacuum pressure or force . A plurality of sets of filaments of 1 = are further inserted as detailed below. This _ should 11 groups can include ? = sensor units, such as optical sensors, vacuum sensors and 4; motion and / or components connected to the blowing table 20 just in the ^ ^, = can be packaged (10) system or "controller = :, wherein the control unit 90 is configured to automatically make a specific air pressure or air flow device or to adjust if, more straight, press, or adjusters 62a, 62b and/or component receiving station 2. For the movement of the second delivery unit 100, those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that in various embodiments, the signal or feedback signal corresponding to one or more of the inductive signals may be implemented in accordance with this automatic or The manner of stylized control is provided to control unit 90 and/or other parts of system 1 (eg, one or more actuators). Aspects of a representative vacuum-based component separation device FIG. 2A is a diagram illustrating an embodiment in accordance with the present invention. A side view of a portion of the component flow conditioning and separation, singulation or separation device 1 , and the sinker is a plan view of the component flow adjustment and division of FIG. 2A; the embodiment of the spacer 1 。. Component 1〇 element comprising means 9,541,737,201,231,368 delivery unit and delivery of a single element miu mesh o

Xr處所定位的元件接收台2〇〇。 卯於元件接收位置 在不同的實施例尹,可相對於元… 性地搬動、辛多動、平移或 ^^ m選擇 對於與元件沿元件遊送單元⑽行進例如,相 平行或大體上平行的4 的::行、實質上 收位置Xr和元件派送位 σ 200可以在元件接 循環方式)移動。可相 、1例如,以交替、往復或 接收台200的邊卜、邊双’ #近70件遞送單幻00的元件 件派送位置Xd中^界:戈邊緣定義元件接收位置Xr和元 接收台200和元件诱。在多種實施例中,相對於元件 質上緊靠的位=送:元100彼此直接相鄰、緊靠或實 直疋義7L件接收位置Xr。 元件接收:解:代表性實例’當元件接收台2〇。位於 200上(即,元件『处’且元件20已經不存在於元件接收台 以從元件遞送單元^ 2〇0是空的)時,下一個元件2〇可 中止沿元件遞送單元‘台。隨後可以 接收台200至开杜、、、、,的几件〜動,並且可以移動元件 件派送位置Xd =送位置Xd °當元件接收台200位於元 回的(例如’由其所攜帶的元件20是可接近或取 移走),並且元件=可以由拾取或放置裝置接近、取回或 至適當的加工站8nr可以從元件接收台200移走並且派送 派送至加工站8〇 /例如,藉助拾取或放置裝置)。在元件 元件接收位置後,7^件接收台200.可以返回或再定位於 Γ處。隨後可以再啟動沿元件遞送單元100 95417 38 201231368 的元件流動,讓元件接收台200可以藉由元件遞送單元loo 接收另一個元件輸出(即,下一個元件或後繼元件)。 在複數個實施例中,可相對於(例如’朝向或離開)元 件遞送單元10 0,例如,藉助往復性或週期性滑座型 (carriage-type)或拉拔型(drawer-type)運動,以本發明 所屬技術領域之通常知識者所理解的方式選擇性地移動元 件接收台200。本發明所屬技術領域之通常知識者也會理 解機械手臂或平移機構(未圖示)(其可以是一般類型的平 移機構)可以與元件接收台200耦接以促進前述的滑座型 運動。本發明所屬技術領域之通常知識者另外會理解可以 將一組感應器(例如,一組光學感應器)組構成用以偵測元 件接收台200相對於元件遞送單幻〇〇 @ 一個或複數個位 置’讓元件接收台能可靠地返回元件接收位置χΓ。依 實施例細節而定.,此類感應器可以由元件遞送單元刚 元件接收台200中之一者或兩者撼帶 丁心苓4扣考攜帶,及/或此類感應器可 以與元件遞送單元剛和元件接收台⑽分立。此外,此 類感應ϋ的感應職輸出可吨供或絲產生觸發或回饋 、’,!控制、程式化或調整元件接收料_相對於元 件遴送單元100的運動。儘管將笛 繪製Α且… 圖的元件接收台200 有特定形狀(例如’以促進與平移機構純),然 而本么明所屬技術領域之通常知識麵會理解元件 =可根據實施例細節而具有廣泛類型的形狀、大小及^ 元件遞送單元100 包含绩送㈣、管道、管或管道 95417 39 201231368 削’其財在元件遞送單元⑽的接受部分 入口 122、和在元件遞送單幻。。的二 或末端的元件出口 124。在多種實施例中, 和兀件出π m係衫件遞送單元刚的相向端或邊界上。 =人口 122係與來自轉源5的接收元件_接。饋 扣I 20係組構成用以例如因一個或複數個施加的正壓 空氣或氣體壓力而促進元件20沿或經過元件入口 122和元 件出口 124之間的元件遞送單元1〇〇平移或移動。饋 道12〇所攜帶的元件20可以按線性、串列、併排或相鄰的 方式紐織。當元件接收台200位於元件移出位置Xr時,將 元件出口 124以促進元件20從饋送執道120轉移、卸載或 卸下至元件接收台200的方式靠近或相鄰元件接收台2〇〇 地安排’如下文進一步描述。 在一些實施例中,元件遞送單元100包括底或基底部 分110和頂或蓋部分112。饋送軌道120可以安排在底部 分和定部分110、112之間。饋送執道120可以形成從元件 入口 122延伸至元件出口 124的光滑(例如,低或相對低的 摩擦力)管道,其中元件20可以沿所述光滑管道移向或移 至元件出口 124。在實施例中,饋送軌道120的至少一部 刀可以做為元件遞送單元的底部分110和頂部分112中之 一者或二者中的槽、凹陷或管道地形成。 i氣促進的元件移動的方面 元件遞送單元的底部分11〇和頂部分112至少之一者 可包括眾多空氣或氣體入口、管道或通道丨34,其中所述 40 95417The component positioned at Xr receives the station 2〇〇. In the different embodiments of the component receiving position, it is possible to move, singularly move, translate or ^m with respect to the element to be parallel or substantially parallel to the element traveling along the component swimming unit (10), for example. The 4:: line, the substantially received position Xr, and the component dispatch bit σ 200 can be moved in the component loop mode). The phase can be, for example, alternately, reciprocating or receiving the edge of the table 200, the edge double '# nearly 70 pieces, the component piece delivery position Xd of the single magic 00: the edge defining the component receiving position Xr and the element receiving station 200 and component lure. In various embodiments, the bit = send: element 100 that is in close proximity to the element is directly adjacent to, in close proximity to, or substantially the 7L piece receiving position Xr. Component Reception: Solution: Representative Example 'When the component receives station 2'. When located on 200 (i.e., the component "where" and the component 20 is no longer present at the component receiving station to be empty from the component delivery unit ^ 2〇0, the next component 2 can be suspended along the component delivery unit. Then, it can receive several pieces of the table 200 to the opening, the, and the moving parts, and can move the component piece delivery position Xd = the sending position Xd ° when the component receiving station 200 is located in the meta (for example, the component carried by the component 20 is accessible or removable), and the component = can be accessed by the pick-and-place device, retrieved or to the appropriate processing station 8nr can be removed from the component receiving station 200 and dispatched to the processing station 8 〇 / for example, by means of Pick up or place the device). After the component component receives the position, the 7-piece receiving station 200. can be returned or repositioned at the Γ. The component flow along component delivery unit 100 95417 38 201231368 can then be initiated, such that component receiving station 200 can receive another component output (ie, the next component or successor component) by component delivery unit loo. In various embodiments, the unit 10 can be delivered relative to (eg, 'facing or away from," for example, by reciprocating or periodic carriage-type or drawer-type motion, The component receiving station 200 is selectively moved in a manner understood by those of ordinary skill in the art to which the present invention pertains. Those of ordinary skill in the art will also appreciate that a robotic arm or translation mechanism (not shown) (which may be a general type of translation mechanism) may be coupled to the component receiving station 200 to facilitate the aforementioned slider type motion. Those of ordinary skill in the art will additionally appreciate that a set of sensors (e.g., a set of optical sensors) can be configured to detect that the component receiving station 200 is delivering a single illusion with respect to the component. The position 'allows the component receiving station to reliably return to the component receiving position χΓ. Depending on the details of the embodiment, such a sensor may be carried by one of the component delivery unit rigid component receiving stations 200 or both, and/or such a sensor may be coupled to the component delivery unit. It is separated from the component receiving station (10). In addition, the inductive output of such an inductive cymbal can produce a trigger or feedback, or a control, stylize or adjust component receiving material _ relative to the component sling unit 100. Although the component receiving table 200 of the drawing is drawn and has a specific shape (for example, 'to facilitate the pureness with the translation mechanism), the general knowledge of the art to which it pertains will be understood. The component = can be extensive according to the details of the embodiment. The type of shape, size, and component delivery unit 100 includes a delivery (4), a pipe, a pipe, or a pipe 95417 39 201231368, which is a portion of the inlet portion 122 of the component delivery unit (10), and a single delivery at the component. . The second or the end of the component exit 124. In various embodiments, the jaws are on the opposite end or boundary of the π m-shirt delivery unit. = Population 122 is connected to the receiving component from the source 5. The buckle I 20 train is configured to facilitate translation or movement of the component 20 along or through the component delivery unit 1 between the component inlet 122 and the component outlet 124, for example, due to one or more applied positive pressure air or gas pressures. The elements 20 carried by the feed 12 can be woven in a linear, tandem, side by side or adjacent manner. When the component receiving station 200 is located at the component removal position Xr, the component outlet 124 is arranged adjacent to or adjacent to the component receiving station 200 in a manner that facilitates the transfer, unloading or detachment of the component 20 from the feeding lane 120 to the component receiving station 200. ' Further described below. In some embodiments, component delivery unit 100 includes a base or base portion 110 and a top or cover portion 112. The feed track 120 can be arranged between the bottom portion and the fixed portions 110, 112. The feed lane 120 can form a smooth (e.g., low or relatively low friction) conduit extending from the component inlet 122 to the component outlet 124, wherein the component 20 can be moved or moved along the smooth conduit to the component outlet 124. In an embodiment, at least one of the knives of the feed track 120 can be formed as a groove, depression or tube in one or both of the bottom portion 110 and the top portion 112 of the component delivery unit. Aspects of i-Gas-Promoted Component Movement At least one of the bottom portion 11〇 and the top portion 112 of the component delivery unit may include a plurality of air or gas inlets, conduits or channels 34, wherein said 40 95417

S 201231368 •的134將饋送執道120中或沿饋送執道120的空氣開口 132 流動地耦接至空氣源40,並且促進預壓空氣或氣體遞送至 饋送軌道120的一個或複數個部分、區域、區段或部位。 在一些實施例中,至少一些空氣入口 134可以與元件分配 單元100的一部分所攜帶的氣室130流動地耦接。氣室130 可以藉助元件遞送單元100的空氣導入口 138流動地耦接 於空氣源40。 空氣入口 134可以組構成用以沿饋送轨道長度的部分 以促進或導致饋送軌道所攜帶的元件20移向或至元件出 口 124的方式分配預壓空氣。具體而言,可以用相對於饋 送執道長度的角度安排空氣入口 134,讓自空氣入口 134 抵達饋送執道120的預壓空氣提供了沿元件行進方向指向 元件出口 124的力向量。仍具體而言,可以用相對於元件 入口 122和元件出口 124之間的元件行進路徑的銳角安排 空氣入口 134,讓預壓空氣以相應的銳角沿饋送軌道120 的部分導入,進而導致預壓空氣沿饋送軌道的長度以使得 或促使元件20移向或移至元件出口 124的^方‘式流動。 在具體的實施例中,元件遞送單元100包含在饋送執 道的元件入口 122處或靠近饋送軌道的元件入口 122耦接 或連接饋送軌道120的一個或複數個空氣入口 134。元件 遞送單元100可進一步包含在沿饋送執道長度的特定位置 處與饋送執道120耦接或連接的一値或複數個空氣入口 134。例如根據饋送軌道120的長度及/或直徑、饋送軌道 120所攜帶的元件20的尺寸及/或類型、及/或元件20沿 41 95417 201231368 饋送軌道120的期望或目標總速度或流速,玎以選擇及/ 或改變空氣入口 134沿饋送軌道120的數目、組構、分佈 及/或排列。依實施例細節而定及/或元件類梨,空氣入口 134的數目及/或提供給空氣入口 134的空氣流量或壓力可 足以使元件20沿饋送執道120以預定的、可選擇的或期望 的行進速率或元件流動來移動。 引導至饋送軌道120的一錤、一系列或一列元件20可 以回應於上述預壓空氣或氣體施加至元件20的平移力或 位移力而沿饋送軌道120向元袢出口 124行進或流動,其 中所述預壓空氣或氣體藉助空氟入口 134和空氣開口 I32 遞送至饋送執道120〇在所施如的減速力或制動力不存在 的情況下,沿饋送執道120行進的元件20可以用無阻礙 (unhindered)及/或連續或實質上連續的方式移向、移至和 移動通過元件出口 124。 為輔助理解,在本文的描述中,由元件遞送單701〇0 所攜帶且具有已經因元件沿饋送軌道120移動而抵達或大 致抵達元件出口 124的前導邊緣的元件20定義為前導元^ 2〇b(例如,在饋送軌道120内都的前導元件20b)。已經, 元件出口 124輸出並且轉移至元件接收台200的兀件 義為卸載元件20a。由元件遞送單元100穩帶並且以遂捧 元件出口 124的方向依次地位於前導元件20b之後的元 20係定義為尾隨元件20c-e。 0 各個前導元件20b可以回虡於‘加到沿饋送軌道> 的尾隨元件20c-e上的位移力而從元件移動單元1〇0依— 42 201231368 卸下或拋出(例如,從元件移動單元1〇〇推下)。一旦哈定 的:!〇元件:其轉移至元件接收台2°"變成卸載 :?二 送軌道120的後繼運動應當暫停、 ㈣倾元❹口 124不希望或失控地卸下 或拋出額外的凡件2G。具體而言,應當停止、中止或約束 從二/24卸下元件,直到最近㈣ 工站80,並且空的元件接收台2〇〇係⑷適當地⑷定位 位置Xr處;並㈦準偉好接收下-個卸載元件 2〇a。本發明的實施例以循環、週期或間歇方式選擇性地施 加真空力至目前前導元件20b和可能沿饋送執道12〇的一 個或複數個尾隨元件2Gc-e,以促進中止或終止元件運動, 如下文之詳細描述。 在一些實施例中,一個或禎勃彻吉咖丄 於⑷如,在元件入口 122處靠數近個^空力或負壓可相對 处荞近70件入口 122及/或在 元件入口 122附近)連續施加至元件遞送單元_ 複數個正壓空氣或氣體壓力或流,且是以持久或㈣上持 σ 124處' #近元件出口⑼及 ^卸下,直到空的元件接 ::直„在元件遞送單元1。〇上。一旦= 件接收σ 200緊罪在元件遞送單 、 及/或尹止施加至元件遞逆星 】00上,可以臨時降低 广讓沿元件遞縣元而的元件流_ 二 壓力或流所施加到元件20上的 工吼或風體 砂刀向再鱸續。由於此類 95417 43 201231368 元件流動的再繼續,下一個元件2〇 _ 元件出口 124輸出或卸載至元件接收台^遞送單元的 元件遞送單元100轉移至元件接收台2〇〇之几件2〇從 件遞送單元_之部分的—個或複數個真空力或==元 增加及/或⑷施加,以防止或避免元件從元件遞送Γ以 100輸出,直到⑷由元件接收台200目前所攜^适早元 已經從元件接收台移走並派送至加卫站 的元件接收台2GG已經直接相鄰元件遞 °空 接收位置Xr處地再定位。 1〇〇在το件 真空促進的元件減速及/或運動終止方面 =實施例中’元件分隔裝置1〇包含組構成用以施 σ Ϊ!"力組至兀件遞送單元議之特定部分的至少-組 真空單70或結構、以及*構成用以施加—真空力組至元件 接收台2GG之部分的—組真空單元或結構。施加至元件遞 送單兀100的真空力可以在特定時間(例如,以自動、可程 式化的特定方式)使沿饋送軌道120運動中的一個或複數 個70件20減速、使—個或複棼個元件20沿饋送軌道12〇 的移動停止、及/或避免元件從饋送軌道12〇卸載或轉 移到元件接收台2〇〇上。施加矣元件接收台2〇〇的真空力 可以促進7C件停留在元件接收台· i,並且在某些實施 例中可以促進中止或中斯沿饋送軌道12G的元件運動。 兀件遞送單元1〇〇可包含組構成用以沿饋送轨道120 If^&置、地點、部位、區段、區域或區帶施加、供應 或提供一個或複數個真空或抽吸力或真空壓的一組或多組S 201231368 • 134 fluidly couples the air opening 132 in the feed lane 120 or along the feed lane 120 to the air source 40 and facilitates delivery of pre-pressed air or gas to one or more portions, regions of the feed track 120 , section or part. In some embodiments, at least some of the air inlets 134 can be fluidly coupled to the plenum 130 carried by a portion of the component distribution unit 100. The plenum 130 can be fluidly coupled to the air source 40 by means of an air introduction port 138 of the component delivery unit 100. The air inlets 134 may be configured to distribute pre-compressed air in a manner that facilitates or causes the elements 20 carried by the feed rails to move toward or to the component outlets 124 along portions of the length of the feed track. In particular, the air inlet 134 can be arranged at an angle relative to the length of the feedway so that the pre-compressed air from the air inlet 134 to the feed lane 120 provides a force vector directed toward the component outlet 124 in the direction of travel of the component. Still specifically, the air inlet 134 may be arranged at an acute angle relative to the component travel path between the component inlet 122 and the component outlet 124, allowing the pre-pressed air to be introduced at a corresponding acute angle along the portion of the feed track 120, thereby causing pre-compressed air. The length along the feed track is such that the element 20 is moved toward or moved to the element outlet 124. In a particular embodiment, component delivery unit 100 includes one or more air inlets 134 that couple or connect feed track 120 at or near component inlet 122 of the feed track. Component delivery unit 100 can further include one or more air inlets 134 that are coupled or coupled to feed channel 120 at a particular location along the length of the feedway. For example, depending on the length and/or diameter of the feed track 120, the size and/or type of the element 20 carried by the feed track 120, and/or the desired or target total speed or flow rate of the element 20 along the 41 95417 201231368 feed track 120, The number, organization, distribution, and/or arrangement of the air inlets 134 along the feed track 120 are selected and/or varied. Depending on the details of the embodiment and/or component pears, the number of air inlets 134 and/or the air flow or pressure provided to the air inlet 134 may be sufficient to cause the component 20 to be predetermined, selectable or desired along the feed lane 120. The rate of travel or component flow to move. A unitary, series or array of elements 20 directed to the feed track 120 can travel or flow along the feed track 120 to the element exit 124 in response to a translational or displacement force applied by the pre-pressed air or gas to the element 20, wherein The pre-pressed air or gas is delivered to the feed lane 120 via the empty fluorine inlet 134 and the air opening I32. In the absence of the applied deceleration or braking force, the component 20 traveling along the feed lane 120 may be used without Unhindered and/or moved, moved to and moved through component exit 124 in a continuous or substantially continuous manner. To aid understanding, in the description herein, the element 20 carried by the component delivery sheet 701〇0 and having the leading edge that has reached or substantially reached the element outlet 124 as the element moves along the feed track 120 is defined as a leading element. b (for example, the leading element 20b in both the feed track 120). Already, the component outlet 124 is output and transferred to the component receiving station 200 as the unloading component 20a. The element 20 which is stabilized by the component delivery unit 100 and which is sequentially located behind the leading element 20b in the direction of the component outlet 124 is defined as the trailing element 20c-e. 0 Each of the leading elements 20b can be detached from the component moving unit 1 〇 0 according to the displacement force applied to the trailing elements 20c-e along the feeding track > 42 201231368 (for example, moving from the component Unit 1〇〇 pushes down). Once the Halden:!〇 element: its transfer to the component receiving station 2°" becomes unloaded: the subsequent movement of the two-feed track 120 should be paused, (iv) the diverted element port 124 undesired or uncontrolled to unload or throw extra The piece of 2G. Specifically, the component should be stopped, suspended or constrained from the second/24, until the nearest (four) station 80, and the empty component receiving station 2 (4) is properly (4) positioned at position Xr; and (7) quasi-well receiving The next unloading element 2〇a. Embodiments of the present invention selectively apply a vacuum force in a cyclic, periodic or intermittent manner to the present leading element 20b and one or more trailing elements 2Gc-e that may be along the feed path 12〇 to facilitate suspension or termination of element movement, As described in detail below. In some embodiments, one or the 祯 彻 吉 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件 元件Continuously applied to the component delivery unit _ a plurality of positive pressure air or gas pressures or flows, and is either permanently or (4) held at σ 124 '# near the component outlet (9) and removed until the empty component is connected:: The component delivery unit 1. On the unit. Once the component receives the σ 200 sin in the component delivery order, and/or the yin is applied to the component reversal star 00, the component flow can be temporarily reduced along the component. _ The second pressure or flow applied to the component 20 or the wind blade is re-successed. Due to the re-continuation of such a flow of the 95417 43 201231368 component, the next component 2〇_the component outlet 124 is output or unloaded to the component. The component delivery unit 100 of the receiving station delivers to a number of components of the component receiving station 2, or a plurality of vacuum forces or == elements of the component delivery unit, and/or (4) application, Prevent or avoid component delivery from component Γ to 100 output Until (4) the component receiving station 2GG, which has been removed from the component receiving station by the component receiving station 200 and dispatched to the receiving station, has been relocated directly to the component receiving position Xr.方面 In the case of vacuum-assisted element deceleration and/or motion termination = in the embodiment, the 'component separation device 1' includes at least a group of components for applying a specific portion of the force group to the component delivery unit. a set of vacuum sheets 70 or structures, and * constitutes a set of vacuum units or structures for applying a vacuum force group to a portion of the component receiving station 2GG. The vacuum force applied to the component delivery unit 100 may be at a specific time (eg, Decelerating one or more of the 70 pieces 20 in the movement of the feed track 120, stopping the movement of the or each of the elements 20 along the feed track 12〇, and/or avoiding the elements in an automated, programmable manner. Unloading or transferring from the feed track 12A to the component receiving table 2A. Applying the vacuum force of the 矣 element receiving table 2〇〇 can promote the 7C member to stay at the component receiving station i, and in some embodiments can promote Suspending or displacing element movement along the feed track 12G. The component delivery unit 1A may comprise a group of components for application, supply or placement along the feed track 120, location, location, section, region or zone. One or more sets that provide one or more vacuum or suction or vacuum pressure

95417 S 201231368 真空單元或真空組合件。如下文進一步描述,例如,可以 基於元件20在元件接收台200上的存在或不存在和元件接 收台相對於元件遞送單元100的位置,在特定時間(例如, 週期、循環或間歇地)施加此類真空力。此外,在幾個實施 例中,此類真空力可以選擇性地施加至不同組或子組的真 空單元。因此,特定真空單元(例如,不同組或子組的真空 單元)可以與饋送軌道120以可選擇或可配置的方式流動 地躺接。 元件遞送單元的底部分110和頂部分112中之至少一 者可包含可組構成用以將饋送軌道120之部分與真空源60 耦接的眾多真空單元或結構。此類真空單元促進真空力施 加或遞送至饋送執道120的特定位置或部分、促進真空力 在饋送軌道120的特定位置或部分處、或沿其施加或遞 送,並因此促進真空力施加或遞送至沿饋送執道120運動 中的元件20。所施加的真空力係預期要對抗及/或克服由 空氣入口 134遞送至空氣開口 132的正氣壓施加到元件20 上的位移力、並且相應地對抗和至少實質上克服朝向或至 元件出口 124的元件運動及/或元件動量。 通常,元件遞送單元100可包含暴露於饋送軌道120 以促進在特定饋送執道部位處施加真空力的眾多真空開 口。例如,元件遞送單元100可包含暴露於饋送軌道120 的第一組真空開口、以及暴露於饋送執道120的與第一組 真空開口不同的第二組真空開口。在第2A和2B圖中所示 的實施例中,元件遞送單元的底部分110包含將饋送執道 45 95417 201231368 120的第一真空開口 142流動地與元件遞送單元loo的第 一真空口 148耦接的第一真空管道144。底部分額外 地包含藉助複數個第二真空管道154與相應的複數個第二 真空開口 152流動地耦接的真空腔150,其中所述的第二 真空開口 152係沿靠近及/或整體上在第一真空開口 142附 近的饋送執道12〇之部分安排。真空腔150係進一步流動 地耦接於元件遞送單元1〇〇的第二真空口 158。第一真空 口 148和第二真空口 158中每一者可以與真空源60耦接 (例如’藉助共用或獨立的真空線(vacuum 1 ine)和一個或複 數個真空致動器、開關、儀表或閥門62a,前述其中之一 或複數個為選擇性或可程式化執行的)。 第真空開口 142可相對於對應或期望對應於下述位 置的末端或最末端饋送軌道位置地安排,其中前導元件2〇b 可以在則導元件卸載至元件接收台200之前沿饋送執道 120在所述位置處地安置。即,第一真空開口 142可相對 於緊鄰或大致相鄰饋送軌道的元件出口 124的最末端饋送 執道位置地安排。在實施例中,第一真空開口 142的大致 中點可以在下述的饋送軌道位置處安排,其中所述的饋送 轨道位置係對應於前導元件20b.的前導邊緣與元件出口 124大致對齊時的前導元件2〇b的期望大致中點。本領域 普通技術人員將會理解,安排第一真空開口 142的饋送軌 道位置可以取決於元件尺度及/或實施例細節^ 複數個第二真空開口 152可以沿饋送軌道120依次安 排,讓第二真空開口 152沿饋送軌道12〇之鄯分而分佈, 9541795417 S 201231368 Vacuum unit or vacuum assembly. As described further below, for example, this may be applied at a particular time (eg, cycle, cycle, or intermittently) based on the presence or absence of component 20 on component receiving station 200 and the location of component receiving station relative to component delivery unit 100. Vacuum-like force. Moreover, in several embodiments, such vacuum forces can be selectively applied to different groups or subgroups of vacuum cells. Thus, a particular vacuum unit (e.g., a different set or subset of vacuum units) can be flowably lie in a selectable or configurable manner with the feed track 120. At least one of the bottom portion 110 and the top portion 112 of the component delivery unit can include a plurality of vacuum units or structures that can be configured to couple portions of the feed track 120 to the vacuum source 60. Such a vacuum unit facilitates the application or delivery of vacuum force to a particular location or portion of the feedway 120, facilitates the application or delivery of a vacuum force at a particular location or portion of the feed track 120, and thus facilitates the application or delivery of vacuum force. To the component 20 in motion along the feed channel 120. The applied vacuum force is intended to counteract and/or overcome the displacement force exerted by the positive air pressure delivered by the air inlet 134 to the air opening 132 onto the element 20, and correspondingly counter and at least substantially overcome the orientation or to the element outlet 124. Component motion and / or component momentum. In general, component delivery unit 100 can include a plurality of vacuum openings that are exposed to feed track 120 to facilitate application of a vacuum force at a particular feedway site. For example, component delivery unit 100 can include a first set of vacuum openings exposed to feed track 120, and a second set of vacuum openings exposed to feed channel 120 that are different than the first set of vacuum openings. In the embodiment shown in Figures 2A and 2B, the bottom portion 110 of the component delivery unit includes fluidly coupling the first vacuum opening 142 of the feed channel 45 95417 201231368 120 to the first vacuum port 148 of the component delivery unit loo The first vacuum conduit 144 is connected. The bottom portion additionally includes a vacuum chamber 150 fluidly coupled to the respective plurality of second vacuum openings 152 by a plurality of second vacuum conduits 154, wherein the second vacuum openings 152 are adjacent and/or integrally A portion of the feed lane 12〇 near the first vacuum opening 142 is arranged. The vacuum chamber 150 is further fluidly coupled to the second vacuum port 158 of the component delivery unit 1A. Each of the first vacuum port 148 and the second vacuum port 158 can be coupled to a vacuum source 60 (eg, by means of a shared or independent vacuum line and one or more vacuum actuators, switches, meters) Or valve 62a, one or more of the foregoing being selectively or programmable). The first vacuum opening 142 can be arranged relative to the end or endmost feed track position corresponding or desired to correspond to a position at which the leading element 2〇b can be along the feed lane 120 before the guide element is unloaded to the component receiving station 200. The location is placed at the location. That is, the first vacuum opening 142 can be arranged relative to the endmost feed position of the component outlet 124 of the immediately adjacent or substantially adjacent feed track. In an embodiment, a substantially midpoint of the first vacuum opening 142 may be arranged at a feed track position corresponding to a preamble when the leading edge of the leading element 20b. is substantially aligned with the element outlet 124. The expectation of element 2〇b is approximately midpoint. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the position of the feed track that arranges the first vacuum opening 142 may depend on the component dimensions and/or embodiment details. The plurality of second vacuum openings 152 may be sequentially arranged along the feed track 120 for a second vacuum. The opening 152 is distributed along the feeding track 12, 95417

S 46 201231368 該饋送軌道之部分係對應或期望鮮應於恭多(例如’大 致2_10個或更複數個)尾心元件可以停留的位置。 因此,複數個第二真空開口 152可以沿遠離第一真空開口 142向元件入口 122延伸預定距離的讀送軌遒120之部分 而安置。 在幾個實施例中,將第-真空開〇 142組構成用以施 加第-真空力至前導元件20b,並且轉第二真空開口 152 組構成用以分散式方式施加第二真空力至或遍及複數個尾 隨元件2〇C-e。第-真空力應足以明_地使前導元件鳥 的運動減速並且至少短暫使之停止,迷且第 絲至少使複數個尾隨元件H = 實施例中,第一直办aQ 你八般的 停止,並且第-直:可靠地使前導元件2〇b的運動 *減速二==使尾隨元件2°c_e的運動明顯 續時^: $ Λ _及_ 度及/或持續時間,其目、弟一真二力的強 終止前導元件的運動為促進迅速、可預測地或可靠地 口 4額外或錢方式,第—真空開 一真152的尺寸或表 面積或合計表面積)可以相等、大致相等或不同。在 施例中,第一直办P ^ ^ lU ^ J T弟工開口 142的尺寸可以大於各個第二直空 開▲ 152的尺寸,其目的為更有效地使前導元件20b的運 動停止。 95417 47 201231368 在具體的實施例中,可限定或判斷相對於第二真空力 的強度的第一真空力的強度、及/或相對於各個第二真空開 口 152的尺寸的第一真空開口 142的尺寸,使得對前導元 件20b之表面積所施加的真空力大於或等於(a)對任意單 一尾隨元件20c-e之表面積所施加的真空力;及/或(b)對 暴露於複數個第二真空開口 152的尾隨元件20c-e組之表 面積所施加的淨或整體或合計真空力。 代表性備選真空開口組構的方面 特定真空開口(如第一真空開口 142、第二真空開口 152及/或與單一化裝置10相關的其他真空開口)的數目及 /或空間組織可根據實施例細節而變動。具體而言,本發明 的幾個實施例可包含根據下述的空間樣式或分佈所排列的 真空開口,其中可以期望所述的空間樣式或分佈是相對於 目標或最大可實現元件單一化速率而言可靠地使前導元件 20b的運動停止並且至少使一個或複數個尾隨元件20c-e 的運動減速。 第3A圖是根據本發明實施例的沿饋送執道120諸部分 的第一及/或第二真空開口 142,152的代表性組構的示意 圖。在實施例中,第一饋送執道區域143可包含、攜帶、 含有或搞接或暴露於複數個第一真空開口 14 2a-b,其包含 眾多直徑更小的第一真空開口 142a以及眾多直徑更大的 真空開口 142b。此外,第二馈送執道區域153可包括、攜 帶、含有或耦接或暴露於複數個第二真空開口 152。第一 饋送軌道區域143對應於預期前導元件20b於此存在的饋S 46 201231368 The portion of the feed track corresponds to or is expected to be in a position where a large number of (eg, 2_10 or more) tail core elements can stay. Accordingly, the plurality of second vacuum openings 152 can be disposed along a portion of the read rail 120 that extends a predetermined distance away from the first vacuum opening 142 to the component inlet 122. In several embodiments, the first vacuum opening 142 is configured to apply a first vacuum force to the leading element 20b, and the second vacuum opening 152 is configured to apply a second vacuum force in a distributed manner to or throughout A plurality of trailing elements 2〇Ce. The first-vacuum force should be sufficient to slow down the movement of the bird of the leading element and stop it for at least briefly, and at least the plurality of trailing elements H = in the embodiment, the first straight aQ you stop, And the first straight: reliably make the movement of the leading element 2〇b* decelerate two == make the movement of the trailing element 2°c_e significantly continuous ^: $ Λ _ and _ degrees and / or duration, its purpose, brother one The strong second force of the termination of the movement of the leading elements is to promote rapid, predictable or reliable mouth 4 extra or money mode, the size or surface area or total surface area of the first vacuum 152 may be equal, substantially equal or different. In the embodiment, the size of the first direct P ^ ^ UU J T dimple opening 142 may be larger than the size of each of the second straight openings 152 for the purpose of more effectively stopping the movement of the leading element 20b. 95417 47 201231368 In a particular embodiment, the intensity of the first vacuum force relative to the intensity of the second vacuum force, and/or the first vacuum opening 142 relative to the size of each second vacuum opening 152 may be defined or determined. Dimensions such that the vacuum force applied to the surface area of the leading element 20b is greater than or equal to (a) the vacuum force applied to the surface area of any single trailing element 20c-e; and/or (b) the exposure to a plurality of second vacuums The net or total or total vacuum force exerted by the surface area of the opening 152 trailing elements 20c-e. The number of representative vacuum opening configurations (eg, first vacuum opening 142, second vacuum opening 152, and/or other vacuum openings associated with singulation device 10) and/or spatial organization may be implemented according to aspects of a representative alternative vacuum opening configuration The details of the changes. In particular, several embodiments of the invention may include vacuum openings arranged according to spatial patterns or distributions described below, wherein it may be desirable for the spatial pattern or distribution to be relative to a target or maximum achievable element singulation rate. The movement of the leading element 20b is reliably stopped and at least the motion of one or a plurality of trailing elements 20c-e is decelerated. Figure 3A is a schematic illustration of a representative configuration of first and/or second vacuum openings 142, 152 along portions of the feedway 120, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. In an embodiment, the first feedway region 143 can include, carry, contain, or engage or be exposed to a plurality of first vacuum openings 14 2a-b that include a plurality of smaller first diameter openings 142a and a plurality of diameters Larger vacuum opening 142b. Additionally, the second feed lane region 153 can include, carry, contain or couple or be exposed to a plurality of second vacuum openings 152. The first feed track area 143 corresponds to the feed in which the preamble element 20b is expected to be present.

48 95417 S 201231368 送軌道120部分;並且第二饋送軌道區域153對應於預期 一個或複數個尾隨元件20c-e在它們移向第一饋送執道區 域143和元件出口 124時沿其存在的饋送軌道120部分。 在第3A圖中由箭頭標示元件沿饋送軌道120移行的方向。 直徑更小的第一真空開口 142a和直徑更大的第二真 空開口 142b可以用預期增加使前導元件20b的運動可靠和 迅速停止的可能性的方式彼此相對安排。例如,複數個直 徑更小的第一真空開口 142a可相對於單一直徑更大的真 空開口 142b的周邊(例如,以與第3A圖中所示相同、相似 或整體上類似的方式)地安排。 第3B圖是根據本發明另一個實施例的沿饋送執道120 諸部分的第一及/或第二真空開口 142,152的代表性組構 的示意圖。在實施例中,第一饋送執道區域143可以攜帶 複數個第一真空開口 142a-b,例如一組直徑更小的第一真 空開口 142a和一組直徑更大的第二真空開口 142b。第二 饋送執道區域153可以攜帶複數個第二真空開口 152,它 們可相對於元件沿饋送軌道120流動方向而言非均勻地隔 開。在第3B圖中所示的實施例中,第二真空開口 152的空 間密度隨著複數個第一真空開口 142a-b的距離遞減而增 加。當元件20更密切地接近第一饋送軌道區域143時,第 二真空開口 152的這種空間密度可以更有效地使第二饋送 執道區域153内部的一組元件20的運動減速或停止。 第3C圖是根據本發明又一個實施例的沿饋送軌道120 諸部分的第一及/或第二真空開口 142,152的代表性組構 49 95417 201231368 的示意圖。在實施例中,第一饋送執道區域143可以攜帶 複數個第一真空開口 142a-b,如一組直徑更小的第一真空 開口 142a和一組直徑更大的第一真空開口 142b。第二饋 送執道區域153可以攜帶複數個第二真空開口 152a-b,如 一組直徑更小的第二真空開口 152a和一組直徑更大的第 二真空開口 152b。複數個第二真空開口 152a-b可以按照 多種方式彼此相對安排,例如,按照元件20更靠近第一饋 送執道區域143時可能增加施加至第二饋送軌道區域153 内部任意給定元件20的有效真空力的方式。 依實施例細節而定,第一饋送軌道區域143、第二饋 送軌道區域153及/或另一個饋送軌道區域可包含具有不 同或相異形狀及/或橫截面積的真空開口 142a-b,152a-b。 因此,所考慮的給定饋送軌道區域143, 153或給定組真空 開口可包含具有不同形狀及/或橫截面積的真空開口。在任 何給定的饋送執道區域143,153内部,具有特定形狀及/ 或橫截面積的真空開口可以用預期促進元件運動或流動減 速或終止的方式安排。 第3D圖是分別安排在本發明實施例的第一、第二和第 三饋送軌道區域143,153,163内的第一、第二和第三真空 開口 142, 152, 162代表性組構的示意圖。如第3D圖中所 示,在一個或複數個馈送執道區域143, 153, 163内部,特 定真空開口 142, 152, 162可以基於真空開口橫截面積以空 間方式組織或排列。例如,在第一饋送軌道區域143内部, 具有最大橫截面積的真空開口 142c可以最靠近元件出口48 95417 S 201231368 The feed track 120 portion; and the second feed track region 153 corresponds to a feed track along which one or more of the trailing elements 20c-e are expected to move as they move toward the first feed channel region 143 and the component exit 124 120 parts. The direction in which the elements move along the feed track 120 is indicated by arrows in Figure 3A. The first vacuum opening 142a having a smaller diameter and the second vacuum opening 142b having a larger diameter may be arranged opposite each other in such a manner as to increase the possibility of reliably and quickly stopping the movement of the leading member 20b. For example, a plurality of first vacuum openings 142a having a smaller diameter may be arranged relative to the periphery of a larger diameter hollow opening 142b (e.g., in the same, similar or overall similar manner as shown in Figure 3A). Figure 3B is a schematic illustration of a representative configuration of first and/or second vacuum openings 142, 152 along portions of the feedway 120, in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. In an embodiment, the first feed channel region 143 can carry a plurality of first vacuum openings 142a-b, such as a set of first diameter openings 142a having a smaller diameter and a second plurality of vacuum openings 142b having a larger diameter. The second feed lane region 153 can carry a plurality of second vacuum openings 152 that are non-uniformly spaced relative to the flow direction of the components along the feed track 120. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 3B, the spatial density of the second vacuum opening 152 increases as the distance of the plurality of first vacuum openings 142a-b decreases. This spatial density of the second vacuum opening 152 can more effectively slow or stop the movement of the set of elements 20 within the second feed lane region 153 as the element 20 approaches the first feed track region 143 more closely. Figure 3C is a schematic illustration of a representative configuration of the first and/or second vacuum openings 142, 152 along portions of the feed track 120, according to yet another embodiment of the present invention, 49 95417 201231368. In an embodiment, the first feed lane region 143 can carry a plurality of first vacuum openings 142a-b, such as a set of smaller diameter first vacuum openings 142a and a set of larger diameter first vacuum openings 142b. The second feed channel region 153 can carry a plurality of second vacuum openings 152a-b, such as a set of second vacuum openings 152a having a smaller diameter and a second plurality of vacuum openings 152b having a larger diameter. The plurality of second vacuum openings 152a-b can be arranged relative to one another in a variety of manners, for example, as the element 20 is closer to the first feed lane region 143, possibly increasing the effectiveness of any given component 20 applied to the interior of the second feed track region 153. The way of vacuum force. Depending on the details of the embodiment, the first feed track area 143, the second feed track area 153, and/or the other feed track area may comprise vacuum openings 142a-b, 152a having different or distinct shapes and/or cross-sectional areas. -b. Thus, a given feed track area 143, 153 or a given set of vacuum openings may include vacuum openings having different shapes and/or cross-sectional areas. Inside any given feedway region 143, 153, a vacuum opening having a particular shape and/or cross-sectional area may be arranged in a manner that is intended to facilitate component motion or flow deceleration or termination. 3D is a representative configuration of the first, second, and third vacuum openings 142, 152, 162 arranged in the first, second, and third feed track regions 143, 153, 163 of the embodiment of the present invention, respectively. schematic diagram. As shown in Figure 3D, within one or more of the feed lane regions 143, 153, 163, the particular vacuum openings 142, 152, 162 may be spatially organized or arranged based on the vacuum opening cross-sectional area. For example, inside the first feed track region 143, the vacuum opening 142c having the largest cross-sectional area may be closest to the component outlet

50 95417 S 201231368 124安排;具有第二大橫截面積的真空開口 142b可進一步 遠離元件出口 124地安排;並且具有最小橫截面積的一個 或複數個真空開口可以最遠離元件出口 124地安排。做為 額外或替代方式,在第二饋送執道區域153内部,具有最 大橫截面積的真空開口 153c可以最靠近第一饋送軌道區 域143地安排;具有第二大橫截面積的真空開口 153b可進 一步遠離第一饋送執道區域143地安排;並且具有最小橫 截面積的一個或複數個真空開口可以最遠離第一饋送軌道 區域143地安排。在包括一個或複數個額外饋送軌道區域 (如第三饋送執道區域163)的實施例中,則在這個第三饋 送軌道區域163内部,具有最大橫截面積的真空開口 163b 可以最靠近第二饋送執道區域153地安排;並且具有較小 或最小橫截面積的一個或複數個真空開口可以最遠離第二 饋送執道區域153地安排。 在包括其中安排有複數個真空開口的至少一個饋送執 道區域143,153,163的本發明實施例中,最靠近饋送執道 區域143, 153, 163内部元件出口 124安排的真空開口可以 定義為前導真空開口( leadingvacuumopening),並且最遠 離饋送軌道區域143, 153, 163内部的元件出口 124安排的 真空開口可以定義為尾隨真空開口。前導真空開口和尾隨 真空開口可以在形狀及/或橫截面積方面是相同的或不同 的。例如,前導真空開口可以具有比尾隨真空開口更大(例 如,實質上更大的)橫截面積以促進循環或週期地使元件沿 饋送軌道120的運動減速及/或停止、及/或避免非預期或 51 95417 201231368 不想要的元件從元件出口 124輸出。 如上所示,本發明的實施例可包含顯示相同或不同形 狀、大小、尺度或橫截面積的真空開口。犯 發明具體實施例的代表性真空開口形狀的示意圖=类= 狀包含橢圓或印圓形形狀、菱形形狀、和圓形或整體上圓 =的形狀。本發明的實施例也包括額外的及/或其他類型的 工開口形狀(例如,三角形、方形或更複雜的多邊形形 、第3E圖額外地顯示某些代表性真空開口尺度,它們 ==於分隔或單—化元件2Q,如_及/或其他類型 -入圖中所示’第—真空開口 i42a,b提供第 真空開口面積’且第二真空開口 152a,b提供 真空^口^開口面積。依據第—真空開口 ma,b和第二 的 a’b的數目以及相對於第二真空開口 152a,b =大小而言的第—真空開口14心的大小,第—合計真空 m'於、大致等於、等於或大於第二合計真空 第一合物開=例中,第"合計_°面積超過 (例如,二二,述的替代方案’―個或複數個真空開口 或其他真空 對分佈。例如,依實於、^不同類型的形狀、橫截面積或相 可以具有橢圓形、三角7細即而定’一些或全部真空開口 型的形狀。 v、正方形、矩形、菱形或其他類 95417 52 201231368 通¥元件遞送單元1〇〇可包含複數個不同的 真空開 口組。給定的真空開口组可相對於另—個真空開口組具有 相同或不同的數目的獨立真空開口。不同的真空開口組可 包含具有不同形狀或橫截面積的真空開口。此外,給定的 真空開口組可以組構成用以提供與另一個組真空開口所提 ί、的口《十或總冲真空開口橫截面積相同或不同的合計或總 計真空開口橫截面積。另外,給定的真空開口組可以組構 成用以施加、遞送或分配真空力遍及與另一個組直空開口 相同的或不同的饋送軌道長度及/或元件數目,而由特定直 空開口組所施加的真空力的強度可以與由另一個直空開口 :且空力的強度相同或不同。由第-組真空開口施 σ空力對第-饋送執道長度(或元件的第一數目) 的比率可以與由第二组直允η ㈣m命…、工開知加的第二真空力對第二 饋达執道長度(或树的第二數目)的比率相同或不同。 =表性實例,第一組真空開口可以靠近元件出口 4地女排,如在第-饋送執道區域143内部;並且第— 組真空開口可以比第一組直办門σ、# 一此土丨立且第一 124 , ^ '真工開進一步运離元件出口 ,在第一饋送執道區域153内部。第— =口可以組構成用以分配第—真空力遍及第—數目的元 ’例如’早-料元件2Qb 導 ' 緊鄰的尾隨元件,。第二組真空開口可以個· 配第二真空力遍及第 =、、且構成用以分 於第-數目元件之後的大約】至1〇個或i至 2至12個)尾隨元件2〇。 個(例如, 95417 53 201231368 由第一真空力的強度對元件第一數目所定義的第一比 、lrs ratio)(例如,第一真空抽吸、屢 大於由第y力·斟…1昼力或比率)可以 f 件第二數目所定義的第二比 二=或替代方式’由第-真空力的強度對跨其施 ^力的第-舰軌道長度或轉戟義的第一比 政1大於由第二真空力的強度對由第二真空力的強声對 跨其施加第二真空力的第二饋送軌道長度或輯所定&的 f二比率(_例如,第二真空抽吸、壓力或力比率)。這種第 2率表不’第—真空力可以基於歸—化的每元件或距離 地k供比第二真空力更大的制動力。這可以增加使前導元 件^運動可靠停止的可能性,進而避免在施加第—和第二 真空力時前導元件從元件出口 124不受歡迎的輸出。 循環性元件卸载和派送的方面 當元件接收台200為空(即,在元件接收台2〇〇上不存 在或價/1 林到#載元件2〇a)且是位於元件接收位置處 時’兀件接收台200可以藉助元件遞送單元從元件出口 124 輸出前導元件2Gb而接收第-或下—個卸載元件2〇a。 再次參考第2A和2B圖,元件接收台2〇〇可以攜帶或 i3組構成用以輔助元件轉移、停留或捕獲的接收結構 210。接收結構21〇可包含組構成用以匹配或整體上貼合卸 載兀件20a之形狀的一組結構特徵,如槽、溝或凹陷;及/ 或組構成用以限制或防止卸載元件20a移出元件接收台 200上預疋位置之外的障礙物(barrier)或支座如⑼七) 212。接收結構210的大小或表面積可以大致匹配卸載元件 9541750 95417 S 201231368 124 Arrangement; vacuum opening 142b having a second largest cross-sectional area may be further spaced away from component outlet 124; and one or more vacuum openings having a minimum cross-sectional area may be arranged furthest away from component outlet 124. Additionally or alternatively, within the second feed lane region 153, the vacuum opening 153c having the largest cross-sectional area may be arranged closest to the first feed rail region 143; the vacuum opening 153b having the second largest cross-sectional area may be Further arranged away from the first feed track area 143; and one or more vacuum openings having a minimum cross-sectional area may be arranged furthest away from the first feed track area 143. In an embodiment including one or a plurality of additional feed track regions (e.g., third feed track region 163), then within this third feed track region 163, the vacuum opening 163b having the largest cross-sectional area may be closest to the second The feed lane area 153 is arranged; and one or more vacuum openings having a smaller or smallest cross-sectional area may be arranged furthest away from the second feed lane area 153. In an embodiment of the invention including at least one feed lane region 143, 153, 163 in which a plurality of vacuum openings are arranged, the vacuum opening arranged closest to the inner component outlet 124 of the feed lane region 143, 153, 163 may be defined as a leading vacuum opening ( Leadingvacuumopening), and the vacuum opening arranged farthest from the component outlet 124 inside the feed track area 143, 153, 163 may be defined as a trailing vacuum opening. The leading vacuum opening and the trailing vacuum opening may be the same or different in shape and/or cross-sectional area. For example, the leading vacuum opening may have a larger (eg, substantially larger) cross-sectional area than the trailing vacuum opening to facilitate cycling or periodically decelerating and/or stopping the movement of the component along the feed track 120, and/or avoiding non- Expected or 51 95417 201231368 Unwanted components are output from component outlet 124. As indicated above, embodiments of the invention may include vacuum openings that exhibit the same or different shapes, sizes, dimensions or cross-sectional areas. A schematic representation of a representative vacuum opening shape of a particular embodiment of the invention = class = shape comprising an elliptical or printed circular shape, a diamond shape, and a circular or overall circular shape. Embodiments of the invention also include additional and/or other types of worker opening shapes (e.g., triangular, square, or more complex polygonal shapes, and Figure 3E additionally shows certain representative vacuum opening dimensions, which == separate Or a single-component element 2Q, such as _ and/or other types - shown in the figure, 'the first vacuum opening i42a, b provides a first vacuum opening area' and the second vacuum opening 152a, b provides a vacuum opening area. According to the number of the first vacuum opening ma, b and the second a'b and the size of the first vacuum opening 14 with respect to the second vacuum opening 152a, b = size, the first total vacuum m' is, substantially Equal to, equal to, or greater than the second total vacuum of the first compound opening = in the example, the "total" area exceeds (eg, two, the alternatives described herein) or a plurality of vacuum openings or other vacuum pairs. For example, depending on the actual shape, the cross-sectional area or phase may have an elliptical shape, the shape of the triangle 7 is determined to be 'some or all of the vacuum opening type. v, square, rectangular, diamond or other type 95417 52 201231 368 The component delivery unit 1 can include a plurality of different vacuum opening groups. A given vacuum opening group can have the same or a different number of independent vacuum openings relative to another vacuum opening group. Different vacuum opening groups Vacuum openings having different shapes or cross-sectional areas may be included. In addition, a given set of vacuum openings may be grouped to provide the same cross-sectional area as the ten or total vacuum opening of the vacuum provided by the other set of vacuum openings. Or a different total or total vacuum opening cross-sectional area. Additionally, a given set of vacuum openings may be configured to apply, deliver, or distribute vacuum forces throughout the same or different feed track lengths as another set of straight-opening openings and/or Or the number of components, and the intensity of the vacuum force applied by the particular set of open-air openings may be the same or different from the strength of the other open-air opening: and the air force. The first-group vacuum opening applies σ vacancies to the first-feed The ratio of the length (or the first number of components) may be the second vacuum force to the second feeding force by the second group of direct η (four) m The ratio of the second number of trees or the second number is the same or different. = Illustrative example, the first set of vacuum openings may be close to the female row of the component outlet 4, as in the first-feed zone 143; and the first set of vacuum openings may be compared The first group of direct gates σ, # 一 丨 且 且 第一 第一 第一 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , The first-vacuum force spreads over the first-number of elements, such as the 'early-material element 2Qb', which is adjacent to the trailing element. The second set of vacuum openings can be equipped with a second vacuum force throughout the second, and is configured to be divided into Approximately 1 to 1 or 1 to 2 to 12 after the first-number element is followed by the element 2 (for example, 95417 53 201231368 the first ratio defined by the intensity of the first vacuum force to the first number of elements , lrs ratio) (eg, first vacuum suction, repeatedly greater than by y force 斟 1 昼 force or ratio) may be the second number defined by the second number of two = two or alternative 'by vacuum The strength of the force is the length of the first ship orbit that is applied across it. A ratio 1 is greater than a ratio of the intensity of the second vacuum force to the second feed track length or the ratio of the second feed force to which the second vacuum force is applied by the strong sound of the second vacuum force (_for example, the second Vacuum suction, pressure or force ratio). This second rate meter does not have a 'n-vacuum force' that can provide a greater braking force than the second vacuum force for each component or distance k of the normalization. This may increase the likelihood that the leading element ^ motion will stop reliably, thereby avoiding the undesired output of the leading element from the element outlet 124 when the first and second vacuum forces are applied. The aspect of the cyclic element unloading and dispatching when the component receiving station 200 is empty (i.e., does not exist on the component receiving station 2〇〇 or the price is 1 to the #loading element 2〇a) and is located at the component receiving position' The component receiving station 200 can receive the first or lower unloading element 2〇a by outputting the leading element 2Gb from the element outlet 124 by means of the component delivery unit. Referring again to Figures 2A and 2B, the component receiving station 2 can carry or the i3 group constitute a receiving structure 210 for assisting component transfer, dwell or capture. The receiving structure 21A may comprise a set of structural features, such as grooves, grooves or depressions, that are configured to match or integrally conform to the shape of the unloading element 20a; and/or the group is configured to limit or prevent the unloading element 20a from moving out of the element. A barrier or a support other than the pre-position on the receiving station 200 is (9) seven) 212. The size or surface area of the receiving structure 210 can substantially match the unloading element 95417

S 54 201231368 20a的尺寸或表面積。 70件接收台200可進一步包含組構成用以偵測卸載元 件20a在元件接收台2〇〇上存在或不存在的一組感應器或 感應單元220。具體而言,可以組構或佈置感應器組220 内部的特定感應器以偵測卸載元件20a的至少一部分是否 已輕抵達或安排在相對於接收結構210之部分的一個或複 數個位置處。例如,特定的感應單元220a可以組構成用以 债測元件20a相對於或在偏離支座212的接收結構210部 分或區域存在,及/或其他感應單元220b可以組構成用以 偵測直接相鄰或存在於支座212的元件2〇a的存在。感應 器組220可包含例如光學感應器及/或真空壓力應器。 除别述之外,或做為前述的替代方案,一組感應器可 以由元件遞送單元1〇〇攜帶、及/或安排為與元件遞送單元 100和元件接收台200分隔。此類感應器可以組構成用以 偵測與元件從元件遞送單元的元件出口 124輸出對應的一 個或複數個元件邊緣'邊界或邊際轉變。 如上文所述,元件接收台200額外地包含一組真空單 凡或結構。在實施例中,元件接收台2〇〇包含一組真空管 道244, 246,其耦接相鄰或靠近支座212(例如,在接收結 構210的部分内部)安排的至少一個真空開口 242至元件接 收台200的真空口(vacuum p〇rt)248。真空口 248可以與 真空源60耦接,例如,藉助真空致動器、開關、儀表或闕 門62b。依實施例細節而定,元件接收台的真空開口 242 可以用多種方式來組織。例如,元件接收台2〇〇可包括單 95417 55 201231368 一真空開口 242 ;或複數個真空開口,它們可以用類似於 參照第3A至3C圖之其中一圖或多圖所述的方式而具有相 同或不同的尺寸及/或形狀。 在多種實施例中,當感應器組220偵測到卸載元件20a 相對於、靠近或相鄰及/或緊靠支座(abutment)212而存在 時,可以自動地建立或增加遞送至或指向元件接收台的真 空開口 242的真空力,其目的為減緩或停止卸載元件20a 向支座212的向前運動、及/或將卸載元件20a留在固定、 預定或可預測的位置或地點(例如,直接相鄰或靠住支座 212)。此外,當(a)感應器組220偵測到卸載元件20a的前 導邊緣已經抵達、接觸或靠住支座212 ;及/或(b)—組感 應器(例如由元件遞送單元100攜帶的一組感應器)偵測到 經歷卸載的元件的前導及/或尾隨邊緣已經退出元件遞送 單元100時,則增加(例如,實質上增加)或施加在一個或 複數個饋送執道位置處所施加或遞送的至少一真空力組, 使得將饋送執道120所攜帶的前導元件20b安置並穩固地 滯留在元件遞送單元100内部(例如,靠近或相鄰元件出口 124)。因此,施加或調整指向(a)對應於元件接收台200的 真空單元或結構組244, 246, 248,以及(b)對應於元件遞送 單元100的一組或多組真空單元或結構142, 144, 148, 150, 152, 154, 158的真空力係以相對於從饋送執道120卸載的 元件而言共同、受控或同步的方式(例如,基本上同時的方 式)出現。這種真空力施加或調整可以按自動或可程式化方 式控制,以基於與一組或多組感應器的感知訊號輸出對應S 54 201231368 20a size or surface area. The 70-piece receiving station 200 can further include a set of sensors or sensing units 220 configured to detect the presence or absence of the unloading element 20a on the component receiving station 2A. In particular, a particular sensor inside the sensor group 220 can be organized or arranged to detect whether at least a portion of the unloading element 20a has been lightly reached or arranged at one or more locations relative to portions of the receiving structure 210. For example, the specific sensing unit 220a may be configured to exist with respect to or in the portion or region of the receiving structure 210 that is offset from the support 212, and/or other sensing units 220b may be configured to detect direct adjacent Or the presence of the element 2〇a present in the support 212. The sensor group 220 can include, for example, an optical sensor and/or a vacuum pressure gauge. Unless otherwise stated, or as an alternative to the foregoing, a set of sensors may be carried by the component delivery unit 1 及 and/or arranged to be separated from the component delivery unit 100 and the component receiving station 200. Such sensors may be configured to detect one or more component edge 'boundary or marginal transitions corresponding to the component output from the component outlet 124 of the component delivery unit. As noted above, component receiving station 200 additionally includes a set of vacuums or structures. In an embodiment, the component receiving station 2A includes a plurality of vacuum conduits 244, 246 that couple at least one vacuum opening 242 to the component adjacent or adjacent to the support 212 (eg, inside a portion of the receiving structure 210). The vacuum port 248 of the receiving station 200 is received. Vacuum port 248 can be coupled to vacuum source 60, for example, by means of a vacuum actuator, switch, meter or gate 62b. Depending on the details of the embodiment, the vacuum opening 242 of the component receiving station can be organized in a variety of ways. For example, the component receiving station 2 can include a single 95417 55 201231368 vacuum opening 242; or a plurality of vacuum openings, which can be identical in a manner similar to that described with reference to one or more of Figures 3A through 3C. Or different sizes and / or shapes. In various embodiments, the delivery or pointing component can be automatically established or added when the sensor group 220 detects the presence of the unloading element 20a relative to, near or adjacent to and/or abutting the abutment 212. The vacuum force of the vacuum opening 242 of the receiving station is intended to slow or stop the forward movement of the unloading element 20a to the abutment 212 and/or to leave the unloading element 20a in a fixed, predetermined or predictable position or location (eg, Directly adjacent or against the support 212). Moreover, when (a) the sensor group 220 detects that the leading edge of the unloading element 20a has reached, contacted or rested on the holder 212; and/or (b) the group of sensors (eg, one carried by the component delivery unit 100) The group sensor) detects that the leading and/or trailing edge of the component undergoing unloading has exited the component delivery unit 100, then increases (eg, substantially increases) or applies or delivers at one or more of the feedway locations. The at least one vacuum force group causes the leader element 20b carried by the feed lane 120 to be placed and firmly retained inside the component delivery unit 100 (eg, near or adjacent component outlet 124). Thus, the application or adjustment of (a) vacuum cells or groups of structures 244, 246, 248 corresponding to component receiving station 200, and (b) one or more sets of vacuum cells or structures 142, 144 corresponding to component delivery unit 100 are applied. The vacuum forces of 148, 150, 152, 154, 158 occur in a common, controlled or synchronized manner (e.g., substantially simultaneously) relative to the components unloaded from the feed channel 120. This vacuum force application or adjustment can be controlled in an automated or programmable manner based on the perceived signal output of one or more sets of sensors.

56 95417 S 201231368 的觸發或_城絲進_本料•例㈣環、週期 或間歇性單一化操作。 在些實施例中,當感應器組22〇未能偵測到卸载元 =20的存在時’零或本f上為零的真空力遞送多元件接收 台的真空開口 242。在其他實施例中,當元件接收台2〇〇 =於元件接收位置χ r處時,至少一個低水準真矣力總是遞 =至真二開口 242。一旦感應器組22〇貞測到卸載元件 20a,則谦、、,+ 片 极m ,迗真空開口 242的真空力的強度可以增加至足以 德回地使知 水準。 載元件停留於接收結構21〇處戒其内部的 迷之外,當感應器組220偵測到卸截元件20a 除前所 的存在時, *力 可以建立或增加施加至元件遞送單;?t 1〇〇的真 其目的為暫停或中斷元件20沿饋送軌道120的運 動。因此,r~* 回應於感應器組220偵測到靠近或相鄰支座212 的卸載* iin ,u、上 千2〇a ’(a)針對元件接收台的真空開口 242 ;和 (b)在或 0頌送執道120的特定部分施加真空力。因此,卸 載7L件加 破元件接收台200穩固地固定,且元件20沿饋 送軌道 的運動或流動被中土或中斷’進而防止目前前 等兀•件2〇b % 元件接你△ 何尾隨元件20c_e從元件出口 124輸出至 队台2〇〇。56 95417 S 201231368 Triggering or _Chengshijin_Ingredients•Example (IV) Ring, cycle or intermittent singulation operation. In some embodiments, the vacuum force 242 of the multi-element receiving station is delivered to the vacuum force of zero or zero on the f when the sensor group 22 fails to detect the presence of the unloading element = 20. In other embodiments, at least one low level true force is always delivered to the true two opening 242 when the component receiving station 2 〇〇 = at the component receiving position χ r . Once the sensor group 22 detects the unloading element 20a, the intensity of the vacuum force of the vacuum, opening, and the vacuum opening 242 can be increased to a sufficient level. The load element stays outside the receiving structure 21〇 or inside, and when the sensor group 220 detects the presence of the unloading element 20a, the force can be established or increased to be applied to the component delivery order; The purpose of one is to pause or interrupt the movement of element 20 along feed track 120. Therefore, r~* is responsive to the sensor group 220 detecting the unloading of the adjacent or adjacent support 212*i, u, thousands 2a' (a) for the component receiving station vacuum opening 242; and (b) A vacuum force is applied to a particular portion of the orbital 120. Therefore, the unloading 7L piece breaking member receiving table 200 is firmly fixed, and the movement or flow of the element 20 along the feeding track is interrupted by the middle earth or the 'to prevent the current front piece. 2 〇b % component picks you △ what trailing element 20c_e is output from the component outlet 124 to the team 2〇〇.

接收台載元件20a停留在元件接收台2〇〇上,則元件 已經到達元可以轉換至元件派送位置Xd。當元件接收台200 卸载元件:件派送位置X d時,可以釋放或降低所施加以使 a停留在元件接收台200上的真空力,以促進 95417 57 201231368 卸載元件20a移出或派送至加工站80。元件接收台200可 以隨後轉換回元件接收位置Xr,並且可以降低或中斷施加 至饋送軌道120的一個或複數個部分的真空力。因此,沿 饋送軌道120的元件流動可以再繼續,並且相鄰元件出口 124的目前前導元件20b可以做為下一個卸載元件20a輸 出。當感應器組220偵_到另一個卸載元件20a靠近或相 鄰支座212的存在時,上述的事件順序重複,進而繼續進 行元件分隔或單一化操作。 進一步輔助元件分隔或單一化的結構性方面 如第2A圖中所示,在實施例中,元件遞送單元的頂部 分112可包含延伸超出元件出口 124的突出物(overhang) 或突出部分(pro jection) 114。當元件接收台200位於元件 接收位置Xr處時,突出部分114覆蓋或遮蓋元件接收台 200的至少一部分,卸載元件20a可以停留在所述部分處。 因此,突出部分114可以覆蓋或遮蓋元件接收台的接收結 構210的至少一部分。在實施例中,突出部分114如此延 伸,使得它大體上與元件接收台的支座212對齊。突出部 分114可以促進前導元件20b平滑或穩定地轉移到元件接 收台.200上,增加所施加以使卸載元件20a的運動停止的 真空力的有效性、並且降低或消除以下可能性:卸載元件 的動量產生可能攜帶卸載元件20a超出支座212之外的元 件垂直位移。 除前述之外,或做為前述的替代方案,元件遞送單元 100和元件接收台200可包含特定的結構單元或特徵,它The receiving stage element 20a stays on the element receiving station 2, and the element has reached the element transferable position Xd. When the component receiving station 200 unloads the component: the component dispatching position Xd, the vacuum force applied to cause a to stay on the component receiving station 200 can be released or lowered to facilitate the removal of the unloading component 20a or the delivery to the processing station 80. . The component receiving station 200 can then be switched back to the component receiving position Xr, and the vacuum force applied to one or more portions of the feeding track 120 can be reduced or interrupted. Therefore, the flow of the elements along the feed track 120 can be continued, and the current leading element 20b of the adjacent element outlet 124 can be output as the next unloading element 20a. When the sensor group 220 detects that the other unloading element 20a is near or adjacent to the holder 212, the above-described events are repeated in order to continue the element separation or singulation operation. Further structural aspects of the auxiliary element separation or singulation, as shown in FIG. 2A, in an embodiment, the top portion 112 of the component delivery unit may include an overhang or a protruding portion that extends beyond the component outlet 124 (pro jection) ) 114. When the component receiving station 200 is located at the component receiving position Xr, the protruding portion 114 covers or covers at least a portion of the component receiving table 200 at which the unloading member 20a can rest. Thus, the protruding portion 114 can cover or cover at least a portion of the receiving structure 210 of the component receiving station. In an embodiment, the projection 114 extends such that it is generally aligned with the abutment 212 of the component receiving station. The protruding portion 114 can facilitate smooth or stable transfer of the leading element 20b onto the component receiving station .200, increasing the effectiveness of the vacuum force applied to stop the movement of the unloading element 20a, and reducing or eliminating the possibility of unloading the element. Momentum generation may carry vertical displacement of the component beyond the support 212 of the unloading element 20a. In addition to or as an alternative to the foregoing, component delivery unit 100 and component receiving station 200 may comprise particular structural elements or features.

58 95417 S 201231368 們使兀件遞送單元10〇和元件接收台200以促進或增強元 件可罪卸載至元件接收台2〇〇的方式地配對齧合。 兀 第4A和4B圖是元件分隔裝置1 〇的平面示意圖,所述 的兀件分隔裝置1〇包含由元件遞送單元100攜帶的一組配 對齧合單元和根據本發明實施例的元件接收台2〇〇。 而δ,在貫施例中,元件接收台2〇〇包括一組突出的橋接 單兀(bridge element)或構件(member)2〇5,並且元件遞送 單元100包含相應的凹陷或接收單元或結構組1〇5。橋接 構件組205和接收單元組1〇5係組構成用以配對地齧合。 在另一個實施例中,元件接收台2〇〇可包含一組接收單元 105,且元件遞送單元100可包含一組突出的橋接構= 205橋接構件組205提供至少一個支撐面,其中所述的支 援面可以攜帶或支撐元件20的至少一部分,且(a)促進元 件打進至元件接收台的接收結構21〇 ; (b)增加在其從饋送 執道120輸出後未對準的元件2〇a繼續移向或移至元件接 收台的支座212的可能性;及/或減少以下可能性:當 兀=接收台200靠近元件接收位置Xr但沒有緊靠住元件遞 送單元1〇〇時,從元件遞送單元丄〇〇輸出的元件會落 入兀件遞送單元1〇〇和元件接收台2〇〇之間的間隙中。因 此對橋接構件205可以彼此具有相對於元件沿饋送軌 道120仃進的方向而言大致等於或稱微小於横向元件尺度 (例如元件覓度)的側向間距(iateral spacing)。在另一 個實施例中’橋接構件纪2〇5可以是組構成用以與單一接 收單元105配對的單-或—元(unitary)橋接構件2的。可 95417 59 201231368 以量定這種單一或一元橋接構件205的尺度以支撐或攜帶 至少實質部分的元件寬度。 在幾個實施例中,當元件接收台200位於元件接收位 置Xr處時,即,元件接收台2〇〇直接相鄰或緊靠元件遞送 單兀100時’橋接構件組205與接收單元組1〇5充分地配 對或齧合。此匕外,當元件接收台200位於元件派送位置xd 處時,橋接構件組205是或保持與接收單肋1〇5至少部 分地或稍微—或齧合、或與其極㈣或大致配對或齧 合。當橋接構件組咖與接收單元組1〇5充分地齧合時, 橋接構件、、且205内部的每個橋接構件延伸入並且被接收單 兀組内部的相應接收單元完全接受。當橋接構件組2〇5 與接收早το組1G5部分地齧合時,每個橋接構件2()5的一 部分至少稍微地(例如,多少或極輕微地)延伸人相應的接 收單元105中、或延伸至相應接收單元1()5在元件遞送單 元100外或外部表面處的末端邊際或邊界。通常,橋接構 件組205和接收單元組1〇5可以具有等於或大致等於(例 如,幾乎相同於或略大於)元㈣縱向廣度(longitudinal extent)或長度的縱向廣度。 & 2〇〇在單一化操作期間重 稷或反復在it件接收位置红和元件派送位置^之間行進 時,橋接構件組205保持與接收單元組1〇5至少部分地、 ϋ件接收台200從元件派送 ^ 移走時,元件2〇從元件出口 124在任何給定時間 的情況下,這個元件2〇可以受到橋接構件組2()5支撐。因58 95417 S 201231368 We have the component delivery unit 10 and the component receiving station 200 matingly engaged in a manner that facilitates or enhances the component's offloading to the component receiving station 2〇〇. 4A and 4B are plan views of the element separating device 1A, which includes a pair of mating engaging units carried by the component delivery unit 100 and a component receiving table 2 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Hey. And δ, in the embodiment, the component receiving station 2 includes a set of protruding bridge elements or members 2〇5, and the component delivery unit 100 includes a corresponding recess or receiving unit or Structure group 1〇5. The bridging member set 205 and the receiving unit set 1〇5 are configured to be matedly engaged. In another embodiment, the component receiving station 2A can include a set of receiving units 105, and the component delivery unit 100 can include a set of protruding bridging structures = 205 bridging member sets 205 provide at least one support surface, wherein The support surface can carry or support at least a portion of the component 20 and (a) facilitate the component into the receiving structure 21 of the component receiving station; (b) increase the component 2 that is misaligned after it is output from the feed channel 120. a possibility of moving to or moving to the support 212 of the component receiving station; and/or reducing the possibility of: when 兀 = receiving station 200 is close to the component receiving position Xr but does not abut the component delivery unit 1 , The component output from the component delivery unit 会 may fall into the gap between the component delivery unit 1A and the component receiving table 2A. The bridging members 205 can thus have an iateral spacing that is substantially equal to or less than the transverse element dimension (e.g., component twist) relative to the direction in which the elements are advanced along the feed track 120. In another embodiment, the 'bridge member 2' may be a single- or unitary bridge member 2 that is configured to be paired with a single receiving unit 105. 95417 59 201231368 The dimensions of such single or unary bridging members 205 are measured to support or carry at least a substantial portion of the element width. In several embodiments, when the component receiving station 200 is located at the component receiving position Xr, that is, when the component receiving table 2 is directly adjacent or abutting the component delivery unit 100, the bridging member group 205 and the receiving unit group 1 〇5 is fully paired or engaged. Further, when the component receiving station 200 is located at the component dispatching position xd, the bridging member set 205 is or remains at least partially or slightly-or meshed with the receiving single rib 1〇5, or substantially mated or entangled with its pole (four) Hehe. When the bridging member set is fully engaged with the receiving unit group 1〇5, each bridging member inside the bridging member, and 205, extends into and is completely accepted by the corresponding receiving unit inside the receiving unit. When the bridging member set 2〇5 is partially engaged with the receiving early group 1G5, a portion of each bridging member 2() 5 extends at least slightly (e.g., somewhat or very slightly) into the corresponding receiving unit 105 of the person, Or extending to the end margin or boundary of the respective receiving unit 1 () 5 at the outer or outer surface of the component delivery unit 100. In general, the bridging member set 205 and the receiving unit group 1〇5 may have a longitudinal extent equal to or substantially equal to (e.g., nearly the same as or slightly larger than) the (4) longitudinal extent or length. & 2 桥 稷 稷 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥 桥When the component 2 is removed from the component, the component 2 is supported from the component outlet 2 () 5 at any given time. because

95417 S 60 201231368 此,本發明的實施例可以最大化或增加以下可能性:被橋 接構件組205部分地或充分支援的元件2〇可以隨後轉移到 元件接收台200上或由其捕獲、或者另外取回或利用。 在某些實施例中’可以使一個或複數個配對齧合單元 的部分以輔助或增加元件接收台200和元件遞送單元1〇〇 彼此未對準(例如’因元件接收台200返回元件接收位置 Xr時的定位誤差所致)時成功配對的可能性的方式地逐漸 變細(taper)、輪廓吻合(contour)或成型(shape)。 第4C至4E圖疋代表性方式的示意圖,其中可根據本 發明的實施例以所述的代表性方式使橋接構件組2〇5内部 的一個或複數個突出橋接單元或構件、及/或接收單元组 105内部的一個或複數個接收單元或結構的複數個部分逐 漸變細或輪廓吻合。如第4A圖中所示,接收單元組1〇5内 部的接收單元可以具有組構成用於容忍橋接構件的定位誤 差的加寬開口。做為替代方案,如第4B圖中所示,橋接構 件組205内部的橋接構件可以具有組構成用於容忍橋接 件定位誤差的縮窄末端部分。做為替代方案,考 的元件接收台之(再)對準或(再)定位誤差或不確^性,= 收單元組105内部的接收單元和橋接構件組2〇5内 相應橋接構件可以各自包含結構性特徵(如 窄的部.分以促進靠著或直接相鄰元件遞送° =縮 件接收台200的成功配對和可靠定位。 的兀 在具體的實施例中,橋接構件組2〇5可包含一個 數個真空W,其中所述的真空單元·構成用以在以= 95417 61 201231368 情況時將元件2 0相對於橋接構件2 〇 5保持在固定位置中: (a)偵測到元件20a在橋接構件205上的存在,且在元件接 收台的接收結構210處的元件偵測過程中未在給定量的時 間(例如,大約0. 25至1. 0秒)範圍内發生;或(b)元件2〇a 已經由接收結構210攜帶’ i另一個元件已經因元件 接收台200從元件接收Xr位置移向元件派送位置Xd而不 合需要地被饋送執道120輸出到橋接構件組205上。在具 體的實施例中’單一化裝置10可以組構成用以回應於偵測 到前述情況之一或二者時中止或暫停單一化操作。 代表性裝置的方面 在組構成用於分隔或單一化具有大約3mmx3mmx0. 95mm 尺度的元件20(例如,在QFN封裝件中)的代表性裝置 (representative implementation)中,一個或複數個真空 腔140可以具有大約2. 5mmx2. 5mmx20mm的尺度。沿饋送轨 道120的圓形或整體上圓形真空開口 142, 152可以具有大 約〇.5mm直徑。另外,由元件接收台200攜帶的圓形或整 體上圓形真空開口 242,200可以具有大約0. 8mm直徑。這 種代表性裝置可以預期提供每小時單位(UPH)大約10, 〇〇〇 至40, 〇〇〇個元件或對於具有上述尺度的QFN元件例如每小 時大約20, 〇〇〇至30, 000個QFN元件的可靠元件分隔、單 一化或分離速率。另外,這種代表性裝置可以對大體具有 前述尺度的元件20產生零、基本上為零、可忽略不計或最 小的元件損壞(例如,結構性及/或功能性損壞),甚至當元 件20包含或攜帶細緻或易損壞的元件或結構(如MEMS元件) 62 9541795417 S 60 201231368 Thus, embodiments of the present invention may maximize or increase the likelihood that an element 2 that is partially or fully supported by the bridging member set 205 may then be transferred to or captured by the component receiving station 200, or otherwise Retrieve or use. In some embodiments 'a portion of one or more mating engagement units may be made to assist or increase the component receiving station 200 and the component delivery unit 1" to be misaligned with each other (eg, 'returning the component receiving position due to the component receiving station 200 The probability of successful pairing due to the positioning error at Xr is tapered, contoured, or shaped. 4C to 4E are schematic views of representative manners in which one or a plurality of protruding bridging units or members inside the bridging member group 2〇5, and/or receiving, may be made in the representative manner described in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. One or a plurality of receiving units or a plurality of portions of the structure inside the unit group 105 are tapered or contoured. As shown in Fig. 4A, the receiving unit inside the receiving unit group 1〇5 may have a widened opening which is configured to withstand the positioning error of the bridging member. Alternatively, as shown in Figure 4B, the bridging members inside the bridging member set 205 can have a narrowed end portion that is configured to tolerate bridge positioning errors. As an alternative, the (re)alignment or (re)positioning error or uncertainty of the component receiving station of the test, the receiving unit inside the receiving unit group 105 and the corresponding bridging member in the bridging member group 2〇5 may each be Structural features are included (eg, narrow portions to facilitate delivery or direct adjacent component delivery) = successful pairing and reliable positioning of the shrink-receiving station 200. In a particular embodiment, the bridging member set 2〇5 A vacuum W can be included, wherein the vacuum unit is configured to hold the element 20 in a fixed position relative to the bridging member 2 〇5 in the case of = 95417 61 201231368: (a) Detecting the component The presence of 20a on the bridging member 205 and not occurring within a given amount of time (e.g., about 0.25 to 1.0 seconds) during component detection at the receiving structure 210 of the component receiving station; or b) The component 2〇a has been carried by the receiving structure 210. i The other component has been undesirably outputted by the component receiving channel 120 to the bridging member group 205 due to the component receiving station 200 moving from the component receiving Xr position to the component dispatching position Xd. In concrete In the embodiment, the singulation device 10 can be configured to suspend or suspend the singulation operation in response to detecting one or both of the foregoing. The aspects of the representative device are grouped for separation or singulation having approximately 3 mm x 3 mm x 0 The one or more vacuum chambers 140 may have a dimension of about 2.5 mm x 2. 5 mm x 20 mm. A circle along the feed track 120. A representative of the 95 mm-scale component 20 (for example, in a QFN package). 8毫米直径。 The representative or the circular circular opening 242, 200 may have a diameter of about 0. 8mm. A sexual device can be expected to provide an hourly unit (UPH) of about 10, 〇〇〇 to 40, for a single element or for a QFN element having the above dimensions, for example about 20, 〇〇〇 to 30,000 QFN elements per hour. Reliable element separation, singulation, or separation rate. Additionally, such representative devices can produce zero, substantially zero, negligible for elements 20 that generally have the aforementioned dimensions. Elements or minimal damage (e.g., structural and / or functional damage), even when the element 20 containing or carrying fragile or delicate elements or structures (e.g., a MEMS element) 6,295,417

S 201231368 時也是如此。與現有單一化系統和技術相比 的或極小的及/或脆弱或易損壞元件2G時不存^ 不、 存在的結構性及/或功能性損壞連同實現高或極高的腦 值是出乎意料優異的結果。 本發明的實施例可以提供相對於後續或新世代元件技 術而言是可擴展的兀件單一化系統架構。具體而言,隨著 元件20(例如,封裝件和電學、光學、MEMS、奈米電機械 系統(NEMS)、微流體、奈米流體、生物技術、軍用觸發元 件及/或由其攜帶的其他類型的元件、單元或結構)因技術 演化而引起複雜性增加,脆弱性增加及/或尺寸縮小,可以 基於元件尺度以提供勝過現有元件單一化系統和技術的出 乎意料優異的單-化性能的方式地減或適#地擴展或調 整本發明的實施例。 在一些裝置中,特定的開口、管道及/或通道(例如, 將它們組構成用於施加正壓空氣或氣體壓力或流或負壓或 ,空力)可以透過鑽削程序形成。做為額外或替代方式,特 定的開口、管道及/或通道可透過不同或獨立的材料段之間 的立體對齊或配對齧合而形成。例如,包含第—組機制或 钱刻槽、管道或凹陷的第-材料段係組構成用以與包含第 二組機制或蝕刻槽、管道或凹陷的第二材料段(例如,以併 排方式)配對,以提供給定類型的促進或實現氣體流動連通 的結構性單το。當第-和第二材料段對齊或配對時,可以 形成饋送執道12〇㈣定分μ部分。除麟之外,以本 發明所屬技術領域之通常知識者所能理解的方式 ,可以將 95417 63 201231368 一個或複數個開口斜切(chamfer)或與元件遞送單元100 的斜切地點、部位、部分或區域(例如’通道或管道的斜切 區段或末端區)耦接。 另外的代表性裝置的實施例 本發明包括關於元件遞送單元100及/或元件接收台 200諸方面的複數個變型。本發明的元件遞送單元100可 以顯示促進沿一條或多條饋送軌道120的元件運動減速及 /或停止的多種結構性變型。例如,某些元件遞送單元實施 例可以省略真空腔,並依賴於一個或複數個獨立真空通 道,其中所述的獨立真空通道與對應的獨立真空開口耦 接,以週期或循環地中斷或中止沿饋送軌道120的元件運 動或流動。做為替代方案,具體實施例可包含複數個真空 腔並且可能省略與相應的獨立真空開口耦接的獨立真空通 道。另外,在一些實施例中,元件遞送單元100可包含彼 此平行安排或配置以促進批量元件流動調節和單一化的複 數個饋送執道120。 下文就第2C至2N圖詳細描述眾多代表性元件遞送單 元的實施例變型。基於容易理解之目的,此類實施例將繪 製為具有特定真空開口形狀及/或構造,然而任何給定的實 施例可以(例如,以類似於或整體上類似於上文相對於第 3A至3C圖所述的方式)包含不同數目的真空開口、一種或 多種其他真空開口類型或形狀、及/或一個或複數個其他真 空開口空間組構或分佈。 第2C圖是說明根據本發明另一個實施例的元件分The same is true for S 201231368. No or no, weak or fragile or fragile component 2G compared to existing singular systems and technologies, no structural, and/or functional damage associated with achieving high or extremely high brain values Expected excellent results. Embodiments of the present invention can provide a singular singular system architecture that is scalable relative to subsequent or new generation component technologies. Specifically, with component 20 (eg, package and electrical, optical, MEMS, nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS), microfluidics, nanofluidics, biotechnology, military triggering components, and/or others carried by them Types of components, elements or structures that increase complexity due to technological evolution, increase in vulnerability and/or size reduction, can be based on component dimensions to provide unexpectedly superior single-passage over existing component singulation systems and techniques Embodiments of the present invention are expanded or adjusted in a manner that is degraded or adapted. In some devices, specific openings, conduits, and/or channels (e.g., grouped for applying positive pressure air or gas pressure or flow or negative pressure or air force) may be formed by a drilling program. Additionally or alternatively, specific openings, conduits and/or channels may be formed by stereo or mating engagement between different or separate sections of material. For example, a first material segment group comprising a first set of mechanisms or money grooves, tubes or depressions is configured to be associated with a second material segment comprising a second set of mechanisms or etching grooves, tubes or depressions (eg, in a side-by-side manner) Pairing to provide a given type of structural single το that promotes or achieves gas flow communication. When the first and second material segments are aligned or paired, a feed channel 12 〇 (d) can be formed. In addition to the lining, one or more openings of the 95417 63 201231368 may be chamfered or chamfered with the component delivery unit 100 in a manner that can be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the present invention pertains. Or a region (eg, a 'channel or a beveled or end zone of a pipe) is coupled. Embodiments of Additional Representative Devices The present invention includes a number of variations on aspects of component delivery unit 100 and/or component receiving station 200. The component delivery unit 100 of the present invention can display a variety of structural variations that facilitate deceleration and/or cessation of component motion along one or more of the feed tracks 120. For example, some component delivery unit embodiments may omit the vacuum chamber and rely on one or a plurality of independent vacuum channels that are coupled to corresponding independent vacuum openings to interrupt or abort the cycle periodically or cyclically. The components of the feed track 120 move or flow. Alternatively, a particular embodiment may include a plurality of vacuum chambers and may omit separate vacuum channels coupled to respective independent vacuum openings. Additionally, in some embodiments, component delivery unit 100 can include a plurality of feed lanes 120 that are arranged or configured in parallel to facilitate batch component flow conditioning and singulation. Embodiment variations of a number of representative component delivery units are described in detail below with respect to Figures 2C through 2N. Such embodiments will be drawn to have a particular vacuum opening shape and/or configuration for purposes of ease of understanding, however any given embodiment may be (eg, similar or substantially similar to the above with respect to 3A through 3C) The manner described herein includes a different number of vacuum openings, one or more other vacuum opening types or shapes, and/or one or more other vacuum opening space configurations or distributions. FIG. 2C is a diagram illustrating component division according to another embodiment of the present invention

64 95417 S 201231368 隔、單一化或分離裝置10的部分的側視示意圖’並且第 2D圖疋第2C圖的元件分隔裝置1 〇的實施例的平面圖。.如 第2C和2D圖中所示,元件遞送單元巧·包含將沿饋送 軌道120的第一真空開口 142a與第—真空口 148a輕接的 第一真空通道144a ;和將沿饋送執道120的第二真空開口 142b與第二真空口 i48b耦接的第二真空通道144b。 第一真空開口 142a玎相對於預期前導元件20b在此停 留的饋送執道部位或位置靠近或相鄰元件出口 124地安 排。第二真空開口 142b可相對於饋送軌道部位或位置進一 步離開元件出口 124(即’以朝向元件入口 122的方向)地 安排。例如,第二真空開口 142b可以在預期特定尾隨元件 20d在此停留的饋送轨道位置處安排。 依實施例細節而定,遞送至第一和第二真空開口 142a,142b中每—者的真空力的強度及/或持續時間可以相 等大致相等或不同。在一些實施例中,將元件遞送單元 100組構成用以施加比施加至第二真空開口 142b更強的真 空力至第-真空開π l42a,進而在前導元件他上施加比 施加在-個或複數個尾隨元件2〇c_e上更強的減速或制動 力。在其他實施例中,將元件遞送單元100組構成用以施 加大致相等的真空力至第一和第二真空開口 142a,142b。 施加相等真空力至第-和第二真空開口 142a,142b的具體 實施例可以依賴於耦接第—和第二真空通道144a,144b的 單一真空口 148a,而非分立真空口 148a,i48b。 第2E圖是說明根據本發明又—個實施例的元件分 95417 65 201231368 隔、單一化或分離裝置10的部分的側視示意圖,並且第 2F圖是第2E圖的元件分隔裝置1〇的實施例的平面圖。第 2E和^圖中所示的元件遞送單元實施例依賴於使沿饋送 軌道1 G的το件運動或流動減速及/或停止的單 道144和單-真空開口 142。真空開口 142可相對於予^ 前導兀件20b在此停留的饋送軌道部位或位置,例如,4 預期對應於前導元件20b的大約中點的饋送執道 在 排。 夏媞安 為了使用單-真空開口 142可靠地減緩或停止 軌道120的凡件運動,真空力可能需要比可以藉助^、 開口施加真空力時的情況的在強度上更大或在持=個 更長。做為額外或替代方式’可能需要限制或 二上 件沿饋送執道流動的正氣壓。. 進元 第2G圖是說明根據本發明另—個實施例 隔、單-化或分離裝置1〇的部分的側視示意圖,义 圖是第2G圖的元件分隔震置1〇的實施例的平面圖扣 2G和2H圖中所示,元件遞送單元1qq可包含與 第 120流動地耦接的複數個真空腔15〇a,15牝。在實施你道 第-真空腔15Ga藉助複數個第一真空通道154a#=^ ’ 複數個第一真空開口 152a與饋送執道12〇躺接;迷^的 真空腔15Gb藉助複數個第二真空通道馳和相 ^ 個第二真空開口 152b與饋送轨道12〇耦接。第一^第1數 空腔150a,150b可以藉助第一和第二孔158&,娜真 真空源60耦接。 77別與64 95417 S 201231368 A side view of a portion of a spacer, singulation or separation device 10 and a plan view of an embodiment of the component separation device 1 第 of FIG. 2D. As shown in Figures 2C and 2D, the component delivery unit includes a first vacuum channel 144a that will be lightly coupled to the first vacuum opening 142a along the feed track 120 and the first vacuum port 148a; The second vacuum opening 142b is coupled to the second vacuum port 144b of the second vacuum port i48b. The first vacuum opening 142a is disposed adjacent to or adjacent to the component outlet 124 relative to the feedway location or location at which the intended leader element 20b is parked. The second vacuum opening 142b can be further spaced away from the component outlet 124 (i.e., in the direction toward the component inlet 122) relative to the feed track location or location. For example, the second vacuum opening 142b can be arranged at a feed track position where a particular trailing element 20d is expected to rest. Depending on the details of the embodiment, the intensity and/or duration of the vacuum forces delivered to each of the first and second vacuum openings 142a, 142b may be substantially equal or different. In some embodiments, the component delivery unit 100 is configured to apply a stronger vacuum force than the application to the second vacuum opening 142b to the first vacuum opening π l42a, thereby applying a comparison on the leading component to the one or Stronger deceleration or braking force on a plurality of trailing elements 2〇c_e. In other embodiments, the component delivery unit 100 is configured to apply substantially equal vacuum forces to the first and second vacuum openings 142a, 142b. The particular embodiment of applying equal vacuum forces to the first and second vacuum openings 142a, 142b may rely on a single vacuum port 148a coupled to the first and second vacuum channels 144a, 144b, rather than discrete vacuum ports 148a, i48b. Figure 2E is a side elevational view showing a portion of a component, singulation, singulation or separation device 10 according to still another embodiment of the present invention, and Figure 2F is an implementation of the component separation device 1A of Figure 2E. A plan view of an example. The component delivery unit embodiment shown in Figures 2E and 2 relies on a single track 144 and a single-vacuum opening 142 that slows and/or stops the movement or flow of the τ pieces along the feed track 1 G. The vacuum opening 142 may be in a row relative to the feed track location or position at which the leading element 20b rests, for example, 4 is expected to correspond to the approximately midpoint of the leading element 20b. Xia Anan In order to use the single-vacuum opening 142 to reliably slow or stop the movement of the rail 120, the vacuum force may need to be greater in strength or longer in holding than when the vacuum force can be applied by means of the opening. As an additional or alternative way, it may be necessary to limit or the positive pressure of the two parts flowing along the feed path. Figure 2G is a side elevational view showing a portion of a spacer, a single-sizing or separating device 1A according to another embodiment of the present invention, and the schematic view is an embodiment in which the element of the 2Gth image is separated by 1 震. As shown in the plan view buckles 2G and 2H, the component delivery unit 1qq may include a plurality of vacuum chambers 15A, 15A fluidly coupled to the 120th. In the implementation of the first vacuum chamber 15Ga, by means of a plurality of first vacuum passages 154a#=^', the plurality of first vacuum openings 152a are lie on the feeding channel 12; the vacuum chamber 15Gb of the vacuum chamber 15Gb is supported by a plurality of second vacuum passages The second and second vacuum openings 152b are coupled to the feed track 12A. The first ^ first number of cavities 150a, 150b can be coupled by means of first and second apertures 158 & 77 don’t

95417 S 66 201231368 複數個第一真空開口 152a可相對於預期特定元件2〇 在此停留的一個或複數個饋送軌道位置地安挪,例如,在 預期對應於前導元件20b的一部分的饋送執蠖位置處和預 期對應於前導元件20b後面的第一尾隨元件2〇c的—部分 的饋送軌道位置處安排。複數個第二真空開D 152b可相對 於饋送執道120的部分地安排或分佈,其中所述的部分係 遠離複數個第一真空開口 152a向元件入口 122延伸,例 如,涵蓋沿饋送執道的一段距離,其中所述的距離預期對 應於尾隨或跟隨在第一尾隨元件20c之後的2至12個元件 20的位置。依實施例細節而定,複數個第一和第二真空開 口 152a,b可以具有相同或不同的橫截面積。 施加至第一真空腔150a的真空力的強夜及/或持續時 間可以與施加至第二真空腔150b的真空力大致相同或不 同(例如更強及/或更長)。具艘而§ ’就目襟或想要的元 件單一化速率而言,可以選擇或變動施加至第一和第二真 空腔150a,150b中之一者或兩者的真空力的強度及/或持 續時間,其目的為調節或優化元件減速及/或制動能力。 第21圖是說明根據本發明的另一個實施例的元件分 隔、單一化或分離裝置1〇的部分的側視示意圖’其中元件 遞送單元的頂部分和底部分11〇, 112中之一者包含眾多的 預壓空氣遞送單元,並且元件遞送單元的頂部分和底部分 U0,112中另一者包含眾多的真空力施加單元。具體而言, 在一個實施例中,元件遞送單元100包含底部分110,其 具有形成於其中的氣室130,所述的氣室130藉助複數個 95417 67 201231368 氣道(airpassage) 134和相應的複數個空氣開口(未圖示) 與饋送軌道120(例如,饋送軌道120的下表面或底面)流 動地耦接。氣室130可以藉助由元件遞送單元的底部分11〇 所攜帶的導入口(port)138連接於空氣源。 氣道134以相對於饋送軌道120的長度的第一角度取 向(orient),且組構成用以與上文所述相同的或類似的方 式供應預壓空氣至饋送軌道120,以將元件2〇沿饋送軌道 120移向或移至元件出口 124。在一些實施例中,氣道134 可以沿饋送執道長度的大部分安排,例如,沿饋送轨道長 度在元件入口 122和元件出口 124之間的主要部分,直到 靠近或整體上靠近元件出口 124的饋送軌道位置。 元件遞送單元100還包含頂部分112,其具有形成於 其中的真空腔150 ’所述的真空腔15〇藉助複數個真空管 道154和相應的複數個真空開口(未圖示)與饋送軌道 (例如,饋送執道120的上表面或頂面)流動地耦接。真空 腔150可以藉助由頂部分112所攜帶的導入口 ι58耦接於 真空源60。 真空管道154以相對於饋送軌道的長度的第二角度取 向,並且組構成用以選擇性地(例如,週期、循環、間歇或 可程式化地)(例如,基於循環性元件卸載和卸下在特定時 間)施加或遞送真空力至與前導元件2〇a和眾多(例如,2 至20個)尾隨元件20c-d的預期位置對應的特定饋送執道 位置。此類真空力可以對抗或停止沿饋送軌道12〇的元件 流動,且防止非預期的、不希望的或失控的前導元件2〇b95417 S 66 201231368 The plurality of first vacuum openings 152a can be moved relative to one or more of the feed track positions where the particular element 2 is expected to rest, for example, at a feed stub position that is expected to correspond to a portion of the leader element 20b It is arranged at the position of the feed track which is intended to correspond to the portion of the first trailing element 2〇c behind the leading element 20b. The plurality of second vacuum openings D 152b may be arranged or distributed relative to the portion of the feed channel 120, wherein the portions extend away from the plurality of first vacuum openings 152a toward the component inlet 122, for example, covering the A distance, wherein the distance is expected to correspond to the position of 2 to 12 elements 20 trailing or following the first trailing element 20c. Depending on the details of the embodiment, the plurality of first and second vacuum openings 152a, b may have the same or different cross-sectional areas. The strong night and/or duration of the vacuum force applied to the first vacuum chamber 150a may be substantially the same or different (e.g., stronger and/or longer) than the vacuum force applied to the second vacuum chamber 150b. The strength of the vacuum force applied to one or both of the first and second vacuum chambers 150a, 150b may be selected or varied in terms of the rate at which the component is singular or desired. Duration, the purpose of which is to adjust or optimize component deceleration and/or braking capability. Figure 21 is a side elevational view showing a portion of an element separating, singulating or separating device 1 ' according to another embodiment of the present invention, wherein one of the top and bottom portions 11 112, 112 of the component delivery unit comprises A plurality of pre-pressed air delivery units, and the other of the top and bottom portions U0, 112 of the component delivery unit includes a plurality of vacuum force applying units. In particular, in one embodiment, component delivery unit 100 includes a bottom portion 110 having a plenum 130 formed therein, said plenum 130 being utilised by a plurality of 95417 67 201231368 airpassages 134 and corresponding plural An air opening (not shown) is fluidly coupled to the feed track 120 (eg, the lower or bottom surface of the feed track 120). The plenum 130 can be connected to the source of air by means of a port 138 carried by the bottom portion 11 of the component delivery unit. The air passages 134 are orientated at a first angle relative to the length of the feed track 120 and are configured to supply pre-press air to the feed track 120 in the same or similar manner as described above to align the element 2 Feed track 120 moves toward or moves to component outlet 124. In some embodiments, the air passage 134 can be arranged along a majority of the length of the feedway, for example, a major portion between the component inlet 122 and the component outlet 124 along the length of the feed track, until the feed is near or substantially close to the component outlet 124. Track position. The component delivery unit 100 further includes a top portion 112 having a vacuum chamber 150' formed therein with a plurality of vacuum conduits 154 and corresponding plurality of vacuum openings (not shown) and feed tracks (eg, The upper surface or the top surface of the feed channel 120 is fluidly coupled. The vacuum chamber 150 can be coupled to the vacuum source 60 by means of an inlet port 58 carried by the top portion 112. The vacuum conduit 154 is oriented at a second angle relative to the length of the feed track and is configured to be selectively (eg, cycled, cycled, intermittent, or programmable) (eg, based on the unloading and unloading of the cyclical element) The vacuum force is applied or delivered to a particular feed lane position corresponding to the desired position of the leader element 2A and the numerous (eg, 2 to 20) trailing elements 20c-d. Such vacuum forces can counter or stop the flow of components along the feed track 12〇 and prevent unintended, undesirable or runaway lead elements 2〇b

95417 S 68 201231368 從元件出口 124輸出,直到當下一個卸載元件20a在元件 接收位置Xr處時,元件接收台200準備好接收前導元件 20b。 如第21圖中所示,在某些實施例中,真空通道154沿 其安排的元件位移單元的頂部分112的部分可以與氣道 134沿其安排的元件位移單元的底部分110的部分重疊或 在其上方存在。因此,可以沿饋送執道120的相同分段或 區段施加其目的為使元件運動減速或停止的真空力、以及 其目的為啟動或維持元件運動的正氣壓。 第2J圖是說明根據本發明另一個實施例的元件分 隔、單一化或分離裝置10的部分的俯視示意圖。在實施例 中,元件遞送單元100攜帶或包含多條饋送執道120(即, 至少兩條饋送軌道120),其中每條饋送執道120平行於另 一個饋送執道120安排或排列。此類多饋送軌道120可以 促進對複數個平行元件流的控制或調節,其中沿給定饋送 執道120的任何給定元件流包含沿給定饋送執道120串列 安排的眾多元件。每條饋送執道120包含元件入口 122和 元件出口 124。此外,每條饋送執道120可以用與上述實 施例相同、類似或整體上類似的方式攜帶、包含或暴露於 眾多真空開口 142, 152、以及空氣開口 132。 與第2J .圖的元件遞送單元100對應的元件接收台200 係攜帶或包含複數個接收結榛210(即,至少兩個接收結構 210)。元件接收台200的每個不同接收結構210對應於並 且組構成用以接收來自元件遞送單元100的不同的相應饋 69 95417 201231368 送軌道120中的元件20。因此,每個接收結構210通過一 段距離與另一個接收結構210分隔,其中所述的距離相應 或等於元件遞送單元的平行饋送軌道120之間的分隔距 離。每個接收結構210以促進或實現從相應饋送軌道的元 件出口 124卸載元件的方式成形。每個給定的接收結構210 可以用與上述方式相同、類似或,整體上類似的方式來包含 結構單元(例如,支座212)。 元件接收台200可包含與給定接收結構210連接的眾 多感應器或感應單元220,其中此類感應器220可以組構 成用以偵測元件20的一個或複數個部分相對於給定接收 結構210的存在。元件接收台200可進一步以與上述方式 相同、類似或整體上類似的方式攜帶或包含與每個接收結 構210對應的至少一個真空開口 242、和一組相關的真空 通道。 第2K圖是說明一種方式的俯視示意圖,其中第2J圖 的元件遞送單元100和元件接收台200可以用所述方式組 構成用以彼此配對齧合。在一個實施例中,元件接收台200 可包含多組突出的橋接構件205,且元件遞送單元100可 包含多組接收單元105。將元件接收台200的任何給定的 橋接構件組205組構成用以與元件遞送單元100的相應接 收單元組105以與上述方式相同、類似或整體上類似的方 式配對地齧合。 第2L圖是說明又根據本發明另一個實施例的元件分 隔、單一化或分離裝置10的部分的俯視示意圖。在實施例95417 S 68 201231368 Output from the component outlet 124 until the next unloading element 20a is at the component receiving position Xr, the component receiving station 200 is ready to receive the leading component 20b. As shown in FIG. 21, in some embodiments, portions of the top portion 112 of the component displacement unit along which the vacuum channel 154 is disposed may overlap with portions of the bottom portion 110 of the component displacement unit along which the air passage 134 is arranged or Exists above it. Thus, a vacuum force whose purpose is to slow or stop the movement of the element, and a positive air pressure whose purpose is to initiate or maintain the movement of the element, can be applied along the same segment or section of the feed channel 120. Figure 2J is a top plan view illustrating a portion of a component separation, singulation or separation device 10 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. In an embodiment, component delivery unit 100 carries or contains a plurality of feed lanes 120 (i.e., at least two feed tracks 120), with each feed lane 120 being arranged or arranged parallel to another feed lane 120. Such multiple feed tracks 120 may facilitate control or adjustment of a plurality of parallel element flows, wherein any given component flow along a given feed lane 120 includes a plurality of components arranged in tandem along a given feed lane 120. Each of the feed lanes 120 includes a component inlet 122 and a component outlet 124. In addition, each of the feed lanes 120 can be carried, contained or exposed to a plurality of vacuum openings 142, 152, and air openings 132 in the same, similar or overall similar manner as the above-described embodiments. The component receiving station 200 corresponding to the component delivery unit 100 of the 2J. diagram carries or includes a plurality of receiving nodes 210 (i.e., at least two receiving structures 210). Each of the different receiving structures 210 of the component receiving station 200 corresponds to and is configured to receive the components 20 in the different respective feeds 95 95417 201231368 from the component delivery unit 100. Thus, each receiving structure 210 is separated from another receiving structure 210 by a distance corresponding to or equal to the separation distance between the parallel feed tracks 120 of the component delivery unit. Each receiving structure 210 is shaped to facilitate or effect unloading of components from the component outlets 124 of the respective feed tracks. Each given receiving structure 210 can comprise a structural unit (e.g., support 212) in the same, similar, or generally similar manner as described above. Component receiving station 200 can include a plurality of sensors or sensing units 220 coupled to a given receiving structure 210, wherein such sensors 220 can be configured to detect one or more portions of element 20 relative to a given receiving structure 210 The presence. The component receiving station 200 can further carry or include at least one vacuum opening 242 corresponding to each receiving structure 210, and a set of associated vacuum channels, in the same, similar or overall similar manner as described above. Fig. 2K is a top plan view illustrating a manner in which the component delivery unit 100 and the component receiving table 200 of Fig. 2J can be constructed in such a manner as to be mated with each other. In one embodiment, component receiving station 200 can include multiple sets of protruding bridging members 205, and component delivery unit 100 can include multiple sets of receiving units 105. Any given set of bridging member sets 205 of component receiving stations 200 are configured to matingly engage the corresponding receiving unit sets 105 of component delivery unit 100 in the same, similar or overall similar manner as described above. Figure 2L is a top plan view illustrating a portion of a component separation, singulation or separation device 10 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. In the embodiment

70 95417 S 201231368 :趙无100可以具有與上述結構相同、類似或 ==«的結構。然而,元件接收台200可以組構成用 :二=復運動’其t所述的輔係與 ㈣送 早70 100的饋送軌道】20行進或流 例如,元件接收二的&违.靈紅 ㈣方向正父或垂直 ㈣,其=::: =對:,交的… - μ 為70件在饋送軌道120上 :、:進的方向。兀件接收台2〇〇 可以精助機械臂或平移機構以本 :: 易理解的方式進行,其,所述的 機構可以疋一般類型的往復移動機構。 組構成用以Υ軸往復運動(即,以與元件沿 120流動的方向正交或垂直的 貝、、 可包含至少-個接:===: ;種:件:收台2。。:包含複數個接收結構21〇。在涉及 第-接收結㈣移走、取回或派送 站8〇的同時(例如,當第—接收結構⑽位於第—γ軸元 ^辰ίΓ ^時)’另—個元件心可以同時從饋送軌道 ’兀〇 124卸載至第二接收結構210b(例如,合第二 接收結構21Gb位於γ轴元件接收位^)。田一 -旦⑷第-接收結構21〇a是空的;且㈦ =⑽=接收卸載元件2〇a(即,第二接收結構·已 轨道的轉出口 124的元件_,則元件 接收口 2〇0可以沿Υ軸平移至元件施可以在此從饋送執 95417 71 201231368 道120卸載到第一接 ^210a^^ Y, 口構2l〇a上(例如,當第一接收結 !=:元件接收位置W)的位置,且由第二接 、、° 所攜帶的元件Μ可以同物載或派送至加工 站8〇(例如,备第二接收結構210b位於第二Y軸元件派送 位置Yd2處時)。 第2M圖是說明根據本發明另一個實施例的元件分 隔、單一化或分離裝置10的部分的俯視示意圖。在實施例 中,將至少一個元件遞送單元100組構成用以受控或受調 節(例如,循環、週期或間歇)的方式依次輸出或卸載元件 20a至元件接收台200’其中所述的元件接收台200攜帶或 包含複數個接收結構21〇並且組構成用於回轉、旋轉或轉 台型運動,例如繞中央元件接收台轴(central component reception stage axis)。這種元件台可包含配置成用於分 步旋轉運動的機械移動機構或與之連接,其中所述的機械 移動機構可以是常規的。通常’元件接收台200可包含至 少一個接收結構210和在某些實施例中包含複數個接收結 構210,其中一個或複數個接收結構210相對於或環繞元 件接收台周邊地安排。 在所示的實施例中’將第一元件遞送單元l〇〇a組構成. 用以當第一接收結構2l〇a相對於第一饋送軌道120a適當 地定位或對齊時,從第一饋送執道120a輸出元件20a至元 件接收台200的第一接收結槔21〇a。.此外,將第二元件遞 送單元100b組構成用以當第二接收結構210b相對於第二 饋送軌道120b適當地定位或對齊時’同時或整體上同時從 95417 g 201231368 第二饋送執道120b輸出元件20a至元件接收台200的第二 接收結構210b。與元件卸載到第一和第二揍收結構 210a,210b上同時或整體上同時,由第三接收結構210c所 攜帶的元件20可以派送至第一加工站80a,且由第四接收 結構210d所攜帶的元件20可以派送至第二加工站80b。 元件接收台200可包含促進相對於每個接收結構 21 Oa-d而彳貞測元件20的部分的複數個感應器或感應單元 220。可以藉助與第一元件遞送單元100a和第二元件遞送 單元100b中之一者或兩者及/或元件接收台200所連接或 由其攜帶的一個或複數個感應器或感應單元(例如,光學感 應器)偵測或確定第一及/或第二接收結構210a,b分別相 對於第一及/或第二饋送執道120a,b的適當對齊或定位。 做為額外或替代方式,可以藉助與第一加工站80a、第二 加工站80b中之一者或兩者及/或元件接收台200所連接或 由其攜帶的一個或複數個感應器或感應單元(例如,光學感 應器)偵測或確定第三及/或第四接收結構210c,d分別相 對於第一及/或第二加工站80a,b的適當對齊或定位。 一旦元件20a已經卸載到第一和第二接收結構210a,b 上並且元件20已經從第三和第四接收結構210c,d派送至 適當的加工站8〇a,b,則元件接收台200可以(例如,順時 針或逆時針地)轉動,以將第一和第二接收結構210a,b分 別對齊用於派送元件至第一和第二加工站80a,b ;並且將 第三和第四接收結構210cd對齊以分別從第一和第二饋送 軌道120a,b接收卸載元件20a。 73 95417 201231368 在元件20已麵八 成分別從第一和第二接收結構210a,b派 送至第一和第二力σ τ 工坫80a, b,並且元件20a已經從第一 和第二饋送執道1 12〇a,b卸載至第三和第四接收結構 210c,d後,元件拯队v ^ ^ *吹台200可以再次轉動,讓來自兩個饋 送執道120a,b的成姐 八元件(pairwise component)卸載操作 和至兩個加工站如70 95417 S 201231368 : Zhao No 100 may have the same structure, similarity or ==« structure as described above. However, the component receiving station 200 can be configured to use: two = complex motion 'the auxiliary system described by t and (iv) the feeding track of 70 100 early. 20 travel or flow, for example, the component receives two & Direction positive parent or vertical (four), its =::: =pair:, intersected... - μ is 70 pieces on the feed track 120:,: direction of advance. The splicing receiving station 2 〇〇 can be assisted by a mechanical arm or a translation mechanism in a manner that is easy to understand, which can be a general type of reciprocating mechanism. The group is configured to reciprocate the reel (ie, to be orthogonal or perpendicular to the direction in which the element flows along 120), and may include at least one connection: ===:; species: piece: 2: contains: a plurality of receiving structures 21〇. While referring to the first-receiving junction (4) removing, retrieving or dispatching the station 8〇 (for example, when the first-receiving structure (10) is located at the first-γ-axis element ^□ίΓ ^) The component cores can be simultaneously unloaded from the feed track '兀〇124 to the second receiving structure 210b (for example, the second receiving structure 21Gb is located at the γ-axis component receiving bit ^). The Tian-Dan (4) first-receiving structure 21〇a is Empty; and (7) = (10) = receiving the unloading element 2 〇 a (ie, the second receiving structure · the element _ of the tracked exit 124 of the track, then the component receiving port 2 〇 0 can be translated along the Υ axis to the component can be here Unloaded from the feed holder 95417 71 201231368 lane 120 to the first interface 2101^^, the position on the mouth structure 2l〇a (for example, when the first receiving node!=: component receiving position W), and by the second connection, The component Μ carried by , ° can be loaded or dispatched to the processing station 8 (for example, the second receiving structure 210b is located in the second Y-axis element 2M is a top plan view illustrating a portion of an element separation, singulation or separation device 10 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. In an embodiment, at least one component delivery unit 100 is configured for use. The component 20a is sequentially output or unloaded to the component receiving station 200' in a controlled or regulated (eg, cyclic, periodic, or intermittent) manner, wherein the component receiving station 200 carries or includes a plurality of receiving structures 21 and is configured for use. In a swivel, rotary or turret-type motion, such as a central component reception stage axis. Such a component table can include or be coupled to a mechanical moving mechanism configured for stepwise rotational motion, wherein The mechanical movement mechanism can be conventional. Typically, the component receiving station 200 can include at least one receiving structure 210 and, in some embodiments, a plurality of receiving structures 210, wherein one or more receiving structures 210 are received relative to or around the components. The table is arranged peripherally. In the illustrated embodiment, the first component delivery unit l〇〇a is formed. When the first receiving structure 201a is properly positioned or aligned with respect to the first feeding track 120a, the first receiving node 120a is output from the first feeding channel 120a to the first receiving node 21A of the component receiving station 200. The second component delivery unit 100b is configured to output the component 20a simultaneously or entirely simultaneously from the 95417 g 201231368 second feed channel 120b when the second receiving structure 210b is properly positioned or aligned relative to the second feed track 120b. To the second receiving structure 210b of the component receiving station 200. Simultaneously or collectively with the unloading of components onto the first and second entanglement structures 210a, 210b, the component 20 carried by the third receiving structure 210c can be dispatched to the first processing station 80a and by the fourth receiving structure 210d The carried component 20 can be dispatched to a second processing station 80b. Component receiving station 200 can include a plurality of inductors or sensing units 220 that facilitate portions of sensing component 20 relative to each receiving structure 21 Oa-d. One or more sensors or sensing units (eg, optical) may be coupled to or carried by one or both of the first component delivery unit 100a and the second component delivery unit 100b and/or the component receiving station 200 The sensor detects or determines proper alignment or positioning of the first and/or second receiving structures 210a, b with respect to the first and/or second feeding lanes 120a, b, respectively. Additionally or alternatively, one or more sensors or sensors may be coupled to or carried by one or both of the first processing station 80a, the second processing station 80b, and/or the component receiving station 200. A unit (eg, an optical sensor) detects or determines proper alignment or positioning of the third and/or fourth receiving structures 210c, d with respect to the first and/or second processing stations 80a, b, respectively. Once the component 20a has been unloaded onto the first and second receiving structures 210a, b and the component 20 has been dispatched from the third and fourth receiving structures 210c, d to the appropriate processing stations 8a, b, the component receiving station 200 can Rotating (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise) to align the first and second receiving structures 210a, b, respectively, for dispatching components to the first and second processing stations 80a, b; and for third and fourth receiving The structure 210cd is aligned to receive the unloading element 20a from the first and second feed tracks 120a, b, respectively. 73 95417 201231368 The component 20 has been dispatched from the first and second receiving structures 210a, b to the first and second forces σ τ work 80a, b, respectively, and the component 20a has been executed from the first and second feeds. 1 12〇a, b is unloaded to the third and fourth receiving structures 210c, after d, the component rescue v ^ ^ * blowing table 200 can be rotated again, allowing the eight elements from the two feeding lanes 120a, b ( Pairwise component) unload operation and to two processing stations such as

Ua,b的成對元件傳送派作可以用同時或 1體上同時的方式繼續。對於元件接收台,的每個分步 ⑹epwise)轉動’與元件對子(cQmp_t pairs)2〇同步 或整體上同步傳送至兩個加王站8〇a,b同時存在的元件對 + 道i2Qa,b同步或整體上同步卸載重複 地發生。 第2N圖是玲 〜<刊根據本發明另一個實施例的物件或元 伴流動調節及/或公R3 oo *刀^、早一化或分離裝置10的部分的侧 視示意圖,其中梦番1Λ 1置10無需包含元件接收台200。相反地, 物件或元件20 日表* ^ 、 稽助真空力在特定饋送軌道位置處(例如, 調節的方式沿至少— 述的方式)的循環、週期或間歇施加以受控或受 條饋送執道120串列移動,並且此類 物件或7L件20從每個饋送軌道的元件出口 124依次輸出至 元件目的地、截且、六〇〇 、 /、 夺益或接收器(receptacle)lOOO。在 代表性實施例中,开# τ 凡仵目的地1000可以對應於化學加工 站。 „ 發月也包括用於控制物件或元件流動、及/或分隔或 或元件的裝置10的諸方面的其他變型。例如, '、-貫&例中’一個或複數個真空組合件的部分(例如, 95417 201231368 一個或複數個真空腔150)及/或一個或複數個正氣壓遞送 組合件的部分(例如,一個或複數個氣室130)可以在元件 遞送單元100外安排,而不是在元件遞送單元100内攜帶 的。 代表性元件分隔或單一化流程的方面 第5圖是本發明的代表性物件或元件流動調節及/或 分隔、單一化或分離製程300的流程圖。通過選擇性(例 如,週期或循環地)施加一個或複數個真空力或壓力至饋送 軌道120的部分,製程300促進或實現沿饋送軌道120運 動中的元件20減速、終止沿饋送軌道120的元件運動或流 動(例如,終止前導元件的運動和至少使尾隨元件運動減 速)、及/或避免來自饋送軌道120的非預期、不希望或失 控的元件轉移、卸下、拋出或卸載,除非元件接收台200 相對於元件接收位置Xr適當地定位並且準備好接收下一 個元件20。 在實施例中,第一製程部分310涉及複數個元件20(例 如,封裝好的半導體或電子元件)沿饋送執道120的移動、 轉移、運輸或遞送。例如,從元件入口 122沿饋送執道120 移動、轉移、運輸或遞送向及/或至元件出口 124。在複數 個實施例中,複數個元件20沿饋送軌道120呈序列(即, 成列地)移動_。 在至少一個元件20到達相鄰或靠近元件出口 124的位 置後,第二製程部分320涉及複數個或序列的元件20内部 的前導元件20b從元件出口 124輸出,且元件接收台200 75 95417 201231368 位於元件接收位置Xr時,該元件做為卸載元件20a地轉移 至元件接收台200。因此,第二製程部分320可以涉及元 件組中的第一元件20卸載至光件接收台200(例如,卸載 元件20a可以定義為第一元件20)。 第三製程部分330涉及偵測卸載元件20a在元件接收 台200上的存在(例如,藉助一個或複數個感應單元或裝 置,如光學感應器或真空感應器)。回應於偵測到卸載元件 20a在元件接收台200上存在,第四製程部分340涉及在 饋送軌道120的一個或複數個位置或部分處或沿其施加一 真空力組,以進一步停止元件從饋送軌道的元件出口 124 中輸出。第四製程部分340因而涉及使元件組中相鄰或靠 近元件出口 124所安置的前導元件20b或第二元件20的運 動(例如,前導元件20b可以定義為該元件組中的第二元件 20)停止。第四製程部分340可以額外地涉及使其他元件 20沿饋送執道120的運動減速或停止。第四製程部分340 因而避免另一個元件20(例如,相鄰元件出口 124的最新 到達的前導元件20b,或該元件序列中的第二元件20)在元 件接收台相對於元件接收位置Xr的週期或循環性定位而 言不合需要或不適當的時間輸出。 與第四製程部分340同時或基本上同時地,第五製程 部分350涉及施加或增加真空力到卸載元件20a上,進而 將卸載元件20a固定在元件接收台200上。此外,第六製 程部分360涉及轉換或移動元件接收台200至元件派送位 置Xd ;降低或中斷施加至卸載元件2〇3的真空力;並且派The paired component transfer assignments of Ua,b can continue in a simultaneous or one-body simultaneous manner. For the component receiving station, each step (6) epwise) is rotated synchronously with the component pair (cQmp_t pairs) 2 or synchronously transmitted to the two plus stations 8〇a, b simultaneously with the component pair + channel i2Qa, b Synchronous or overall synchronous unloading occurs repeatedly. 2N is a side view of a portion of an article or meta-combination flow regulation and/or a public R3 oo* knife, early morningization or separation device 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention, wherein Mengfan 1 Λ 1 set 10 does not need to include the component receiving station 200. Conversely, the object or component 20 is circulated, periodically, or intermittently applied at a particular feed track position (eg, in a manner that is adjusted at least as described) for controlled or accepted feeds. The track 120 moves in series, and such items or 7L pieces 20 are sequentially output from the component outlets 124 of each feed track to the component destination, cut, hexadecimal, /, gain or receiver 100. In a representative embodiment, the open # τ 仵 destination 1000 may correspond to a chemical processing station. „ 发 也 also includes other variations of aspects of device 10 for controlling the flow of articles or components, and/or dividers or or components. For example, ',-through' and 'in the case' one or a plurality of portions of a vacuum assembly (eg, 95417 201231368 one or more vacuum chambers 150) and/or portions of one or more positive air pressure delivery assemblies (eg, one or more plenums 130) may be arranged outside of component delivery unit 100, rather than Carrying within the component delivery unit 100. Aspects of a representative component separation or singulation process Figure 5 is a flow diagram of a representative article or component flow conditioning and/or separation, singulation or separation process 300 of the present invention. Applying one or more vacuum forces or pressures to the portion of the feed track 120 (e.g., periodically or cyclically), the process 300 facilitates or effects deceleration of the element 20 in motion along the feed track 120, terminating element movement or flow along the feed track 120. (eg, terminating the motion of the leading element and at least decelerating the trailing element motion), and/or avoiding unintended, undesirable or from the feed track 120 The runaway component is transferred, unloaded, thrown or unloaded unless the component receiving station 200 is properly positioned relative to the component receiving position Xr and is ready to receive the next component 20. In an embodiment, the first process portion 310 involves a plurality of components. 20 (eg, packaged semiconductor or electronic component) moves, transfers, transports, or delivers along the feed lane 120. For example, moving, transferring, transporting, or delivering to and/or from the component inlet 122 along the feedway 120 Outlet 124. In a plurality of embodiments, the plurality of elements 20 are moved (in a row) along the feed track 120. After the at least one element 20 reaches a position adjacent or adjacent to the element exit 124, the second process The portion 320 relates to the preamble element 20b inside the plurality or sequence of elements 20 being output from the element outlet 124, and when the element receiving station 200 75 95417 201231368 is located at the element receiving position Xr, the element is transferred to the element receiving station 200 as the unloading element 20a Thus, the second process portion 320 can be unloaded to the light member receiving station 200 by the first element 20 in the component group (eg, the unloading element 20a) By definition, the first component 20). The third process portion 330 relates to detecting the presence of the unloading element 20a on the component receiving station 200 (eg, by means of one or more sensing units or devices, such as optical sensors or vacuum sensors). In response to detecting the presence of the unloading element 20a on the component receiving station 200, the fourth process portion 340 involves applying a vacuum force group at or along one or more locations or portions of the feed track 120 to further stop the component from Output in the component outlet 124 of the feed track. The fourth process portion 340 thus relates to the movement of the leader element 20b or the second element 20 disposed adjacent to or adjacent to the component outlet 124 in the component set (eg, the leader component 20b can be defined as The second element 20) in the component group is stopped. The fourth process portion 340 may additionally involve decelerating or stopping the movement of the other components 20 along the feed lane 120. The fourth process portion 340 thus avoids the period of the other component 20 (e.g., the newly arrived leading component 20b of the adjacent component outlet 124, or the second component 20 of the component sequence) at the component receiving station relative to the component receiving position Xr. Undesirable or inappropriate time output in terms of cyclic positioning. Simultaneously or substantially simultaneously with the fourth process portion 340, the fifth process portion 350 involves applying or increasing a vacuum force to the unloading member 20a, thereby securing the unloading member 20a to the component receiving table 200. Further, the sixth process portion 360 involves switching or moving the component receiving station 200 to the component dispatching position Xd; reducing or interrupting the vacuum force applied to the unloading member 2〇3;

76 95417 S 201231368 送卸載元件20a至加工站80。在元件派送加工站8〇後, 第七製程部分370涉及使元件接收台200再定位於元件接 收位置Xr處,相鄰或靠近元件出口 124。第五至第七製程 部分350至370可以與第四製程部分340同時或基本上同 時地進行。 第八製程部分380涉及中斷及/或減低一個或複數個 指向饋送執道120的真空力的施加,進而實現元件流動的 再啟動,此後製程400可以返回第一製程部分31〇,讓元 件接收台2 0 0可以從元件遞送單元1 〇 〇接收下一個卸載元 件 20a。 在複數個實施例中,一個或複數個自動真空儀表、開 關或閥門62a,62b係與控制器(如電腦系統9〇)耦接,以促 進自動地(a)在合適時間基於元件接收台相對於元件遞送 單π 100的位置或地點施加真空壓或力至饋送執道; 在特定饋送軌道位置處或沿其建立或調節真空力的強度及 /或持續時間,其目的為增強、實現或最大化元件分隔或單 一化速率。 在幾個實施例中’可以藉助—纽程式指令的執行來自 動官理或進行製程3GG的-個或複數個部分。此類程式指 令可以駐留於-種或多種電腦可讀取媒體上,例如,在與 電腦系統9G對應的記憶體及/或資料儲存裝置内部。 對於涉及(例如,空間上彼此平行組織的,絲間上另 外安排的)多條饋送軌道120的實施例,其中將所述的多條 饋送軌道12G組構成用以從每條饋送軌道12Q的元件入口 95417 77 201231368 122同時或整體上同時地移動或平移依次排序的元件至每 條饋送軌道的元件出口 124,根據前述描述的複數個製程 300可以用同步化和同時或整體上同時的方式發生。 做為替代方案,涉及多條饋送執道120的某些實施例 可以如此組構,讓元件從各條饋送軌道120以依次或交替 順序輸出,在所述情況下根據前文描述的複數個製程300 可以以依次或交替順序方式地發生。 代表性單一化裝置組構流程的方面 - 通常,饋送軌道120可以具有下述元件輸出速率,其 中所述的元件輸出速率取決於(a)按照導致元件沿饋送執 道120運動的方式施加至饋送執道120的一個或複數個部 分的一個或複數個正氣壓或正氣流的強度,及關於(b)按照 對抗元件運動以因而使元件20沿饋送軌道120流動停止及 /或減速的方式施加至饋送執道120的一個或複數個部分 的一個或複數個真空力或負氣壓或負氣流的強度。 在具體的實施例中,單一化速率可以定義為下述速 率,其中可以將元件接收台200以所述的速率相對於元件 接收位置Xr和元件派送位置Xd週期地定位或驅動,以從 饋送軌道120成功地接收元件20並且成功地促進元件派送 至加工站80。因此,單一化速率可以定義為下述速率,其 中可以將元件接收台200所攜帶的元件20以所述的速率與 饋送軌道所120所攜帶的一組元件20分隔或分離,其目的 在於傳送元件至加工站80。單一化速率可以額外地、或做 為替代方案地定義為往復速率,其中以所述的往復速率相 78 95417 Q' 201231368 對於元件触祕处置 驅動元件接收台200。 %,月地叱位或 在饋送執道的元件輪出或椒出速率超 :況下’在元件接收台200已經從元 = 收台20°已經返回元件接收位置X二 接收下-個凡件20之前,一個或複數個元件 合需要地從饋送執道12〇拋出。因此, 曰 的元件20不會成功地派送至加工站8〇 p需要抛出 送軌道m使每個元件㈣成功n/ $會出現饋 样帶現或糾目標單—化速率(即,饋送軌道120所 攜帶的母個元件20的成功元件分p5 和避免來自2 出現的目標速率) 道-t山 的不受歡迎的元件輸出,饋送軌 凡U或拋出速率應當與目標單— =财慮的給定單一化速率,可以基於施二饋送 =0:部分的一個或複數個正氣壓或正氣流的強度、 二^加真空力或負氣壓或負氣流至饋送執道120諸部分 * 文真工單几的特定組構、及/或—個或複數個此類真空 、強度來調整饋送軌道元件輸出速率。 第6 ®是根據本發明實關的代表性物件或元件流動 、。Θ及/或單一化裝置組構製程4〇〇的流程圖。製程4〇〇可 二進判„„斷測5式、優化及/或驗證一組物件或元件流動調 n或1化參數’其中所述的參數使得所考慮的裝置 在具體操作條件下可鋒㈣物件或元件流動及/或單 或分隔饋送執道〗2〇所攜帶的每個元件2〇。 95417 79 20123136876 95417 S 201231368 Sending and unloading element 20a to processing station 80. After the component has been dispatched to the processing station, the seventh process portion 370 involves repositioning the component receiving station 200 at the component receiving position Xr adjacent to or near the component outlet 124. The fifth to seventh process portions 350 to 370 may be simultaneously or substantially simultaneously with the fourth process portion 340. The eighth process portion 380 involves interrupting and/or reducing the application of one or more of the vacuum forces directed to the feed channel 120 to effect a restart of the component flow, after which the process 400 can be returned to the first process portion 31〇 for the component receiving station. The next unloading element 20a can be received from the component delivery unit 1 . In various embodiments, one or more automatic vacuum gauges, switches or valves 62a, 62b are coupled to a controller (eg, computer system 9A) to facilitate automatic (a) relative to the component receiving station at the appropriate time. Applying a vacuum pressure or force to the position of the component delivery sheet π 100 to the feed channel; establishing or adjusting the intensity and/or duration of the vacuum force at or along the particular feed track position for the purpose of enhancing, achieving or maximizing The separation or simplification rate of the components. In several embodiments, the execution of the instructions can be performed by means of a command or a plurality of parts of the process 3GG. Such program instructions may reside on one or more computer readable media, for example, within a memory and/or data storage device corresponding to computer system 9G. For embodiments involving a plurality of feed tracks 120 (e.g., spatially arranged parallel to each other, arranged separately between the filaments), wherein the plurality of feed tracks 12G are grouped to form elements from each of the feed tracks 12Q The inlets 95417 77 201231368 122 simultaneously or collectively move or translate the sequentially ordered elements simultaneously to the component outlets 124 of each of the feed tracks, and the plurality of processes 300 according to the foregoing description may occur in a synchronized and simultaneous or overall simultaneous manner. Alternatively, certain embodiments involving multiple feed lanes 120 may be configured such that elements are output from the respective feed tracks 120 in sequential or alternating order, in which case a plurality of processes 300 are described in accordance with the foregoing. This can occur in a sequential or alternating sequence. Aspects of a Representative Simplified Device Fabric Flow - In general, the feed track 120 can have an element output rate that is applied to the feed in a manner that causes the element to move along the feed trajectory 120, depending on (a) The intensity of one or a plurality of positive or positive airflows of one or more portions of the track 120, and to (b) in a manner that moves against the component to thereby cause the component 20 to flow along the feed track 120 to stop and/or decelerate The intensity of one or a plurality of vacuum or negative or negative airflows of one or more portions of the lane 120 is fed. In a particular embodiment, the singulation rate can be defined as a rate at which the component receiving station 200 can be periodically positioned or driven at a rate relative to the component receiving position Xr and the component dispatching position Xd to feed from the feed track. 120 successfully receives component 20 and successfully facilitates component delivery to processing station 80. Thus, the singulation rate can be defined as a rate at which the elements 20 carried by the component receiving station 200 can be separated or separated from the set of elements 20 carried by the feed track 120 at the rate described, with the purpose of transmitting the components. To the processing station 80. The singulation rate may additionally or alternatively be defined as a reciprocating rate, wherein the reciprocating rate phase 78 95417 Q' 201231368 handles the component receiving station 200 for component touch treatment. %, the monthly position or the component in the feed or the rate of pepper out: in the case of the component receiving station 200 has been returned from the element = 20 ° has returned to the component receiving position X two received - a piece Prior to 20, one or more components are desirably thrown from the feed lane 12〇. Therefore, the component 20 of the crucible is not successfully delivered to the processing station 8〇p. It is necessary to throw the delivery track m so that each component (4) succeeds n/$, and the sample-feed or correction target-rate (ie, the feed track) appears. The successful component of the parent element 20 carried by 120 is divided into p5 and avoids the target rate from the occurrence of 2). The undesired component output of the track-t mountain, the feed track where the U or the throw rate should be the target single - = Given a singularization rate, it may be based on the intensity of one or a plurality of positive or positive airflows, a vacuum or a negative airflow or a negative airflow to the parts of the feed channel. The particular configuration of the work order, and/or one or more of such vacuum, strength, adjusts the feed track element output rate. The 6th ® is a representative object or component flow that is implemented in accordance with the present invention. A flow chart of the Θ and/or singular device configuration process. The process can be determined by the process of "cutting down the type 5, optimizing and/or verifying the flow of a set of objects or components or adjusting the parameters". The parameters described therein make the device under consideration available under specific operating conditions. (4) The flow of the article or component and/or the separation of the components of the device. 95417 79 201231368

及建立、定義或選擇試 。試驗單一化速率可以 &或由共疋義,其中 Xr至元件派送位置And establish, define or select a test. The test singulation rate can be & or by common sense, where Xr to component dispatch location

Xd和回到元件接收位置Xr的每次重複移動而言,元件 可以按所述的可貫現逮率週期地從饋送軌道12〇卸載至元 件接收台200。此類循環性元件接收台的移動係涉及元件 接收台200位於元件派送位置μ時轉移元件至加工站8〇。 在實施例中,試驗單一化速率可以是初始或試驗性元件接 收台往復速率。 製程400還包含第二製程部分404,所述的第二製程 部分404涉及建立、定義或選擇待施加至饋送執道120的 部分以促進元件沿饋送轨道120運動的一個或複數個正氣 壓及/或流速的強度。通常,第二製程部分404涉及建立一 個或複數個jE氣壓或流速,其中所述的正氣壓或流速可以 提供沿饋送軌道20的無阻礙或不受限制的元件流動,所述 的元件流動產生超過在所施加真空力不存在的情況下試驗 單一化速率的饋送執道元件輸出速率。 製程40〇包含第三製輕部分406 ’所述第三製程部分 406涉及建立或選擇會對其施加或遞送真空力的有效真空 單元初始組構。第三製程部分406也可以涉及建立或選擇 待施加至該真空單元初始組構的一値或複數個真空力的強 度。在幾個實施例中’有效真空單元初始組構包含一個或 複數個真空開口 142a-b,其組構成用以施加真空力至前導 80 95417For each repetitive movement of Xd and return element receiving position Xr, the element can be periodically unloaded from the feed track 12 to the component receiving station 200 at the permissible catch rate. The movement of such a cyclic element receiving station involves the transfer of the component to the processing station 8 when the receiving station 200 is in the component dispatching position μ. In an embodiment, the test singulation rate may be the initial or experimental component receiving station reciprocating rate. The process 400 also includes a second process portion 404 that involves establishing, defining, or selecting a portion to be applied to the feedway 120 to facilitate one or more positive air pressures of the component moving along the feed track 120 and/or Or the strength of the flow rate. Typically, the second process portion 404 involves establishing one or a plurality of jE pressures or flow rates, wherein the positive air pressure or flow rate can provide unobstructed or unrestricted component flow along the feed track 20, the component flow producing more than The feed rate component output rate of the singulation rate is tested in the absence of applied vacuum force. The process 40A includes a third light-weight portion 406'. The third process portion 406 involves establishing or selecting an effective vacuum cell initial configuration to which a vacuum force is applied or delivered. The third process portion 406 may also involve establishing or selecting the strength of one or more vacuum forces to be applied to the initial configuration of the vacuum unit. In several embodiments, the 'an effective vacuum cell initial configuration includes one or a plurality of vacuum openings 142a-b, the group of which is configured to apply a vacuum force to the leading end 80 95417

S 201231368 元件20b,使得前導元件20b的運動可以停止;並且可能 包括一個或複數個真空開口 152a-b,其組構成用以施加真 空力至一組尾隨元件20c-e,使得可以至少使尾隨元件 20c-e的運動減速並且可能停止。組構成用於使前導元件 20b運動停止的真空單元可以稱做前導真空單元,並且組 構成用於使一個或複數個尾隨元件20c-e的運動減速或停 止的真空單元可以稱做尾隨真空單元。 製程400也包含第四製程部分410,所述的第四製程 部分410涉及根據試驗單一化速率來測試裝置10的單一化 性能、正氣壓/正氣流組、和藉助第一至第三製程部分402 至406所建立的初始有效真空單元組及相應的真空力。在 第四製程部分410期間,將元件20導入元件入口 122中並 且藉由正氣壓/正氣流使其沿或穿過饋送軌道120移動。一 旦第一元件20a已經卸載至元件接收台200,可以施加真 空力至元件接收台的真空開口 242以將第一元件20a留在 固定的位置中。此外,真空力可以同時施加至有效真空單 元沿饋送軌道120的現有組構。元件接收台200隨後從元 件接收位置Xr轉移或移動至元件派送位置Xd,且第一元 件20a轉移至加工站80或另外從元件接收台200移走。元, 件接收台200隨後轉移回元件接收位置Xr以接收來自元件 出口 124的下一個元件20等。 製程400包含了涉及確定正處於測試下的單一化操作 是否成功的第五製程部分420。單一化操作在以下情況中 是不成功,即在元件接收台200攜帶第一元件20a的同時 81 95417 201231368 且=元件接收位£Xr地移走之後,元 :*件接收位置Xr並且準備好接收第二或下=1件謹之 J 70件由饋送執道⑽輸出。即,元件從饋送軌道⑽ 出是以與元件接收台相對於树接收位置Xr的週期性 運動不恰當同步的方式發生。因此,在元件接收台200從 几件接收位置Xr㈣(eyele)至元件料位置如炎且回到 元件接收位置Xr的同時,藉助有效真空單元目前組構沿饋 送軌道120所施加的真空力不足以有效使饋送軌道12〇所 攜帶的前導元件2〇b的運動停止。 如果單一化是不成功的(即,發生來自饋送軌道的不希 望的元件輸出)’則第六製程部分430涉及判斷是否可以考 慮更多真空單元用於新增至有效真空單元組構。若情況如 此,在第七製程部分432涉及增加眾多有效真空單元,其 中真空力可以施加至所述的有效真空單元,其目的為更有 效地使前導元件20b的運動停止及/或至少使饋送軌道120 所攜帶的一組尾隨元件20c-e的運動減速。即,第七製程 部分432涉及調整有效真空單元的組構以沿饋送執道12〇 包含更多數目的可以對其施加真空力的真空單元,進而增 加下述可能性:可以避免元件不受歡迎的從饋送執道12〇 拋出。在第七製程部分432後,製程400可以返回第四製 程部分410以(再)測試單一化性能。 當有效真空單元縝構(例如,結合第三製程部分4 〇 6所 選擇的初始真空單元、組構)包含不足數目的 真空單元 乂在 同步於元件接收台相對於元件接收位置Xr的週期性定位 95417S 201231368 element 20b such that movement of the leading element 20b can be stopped; and may include one or a plurality of vacuum openings 152a-b configured to apply a vacuum force to a set of trailing elements 20c-e such that at least the trailing element can be made The movement of 20c-e slows down and may stop. The vacuum unit constituting the stop for stopping the movement of the leading member 20b may be referred to as a leading vacuum unit, and the vacuum unit constituting the deceleration or stop for moving the one or more trailing members 20c-e may be referred to as a trailing vacuum unit. The process 400 also includes a fourth process portion 410 that relates to testing the singulation performance of the device 10, the positive air pressure/positive air flow group, and the first through third process portions 402 in accordance with a test singulation rate. The initial effective vacuum unit set up to 406 and the corresponding vacuum force. During the fourth process portion 410, the component 20 is introduced into the component inlet 122 and moved along or through the feed track 120 by a positive air pressure/positive air flow. Once the first component 20a has been unloaded to the component receiving station 200, a vacuum force 242 can be applied to the component receiving station to leave the first component 20a in a fixed position. In addition, vacuum forces can be simultaneously applied to the existing configuration of the effective vacuum unit along the feed track 120. The component receiving station 200 then transfers or moves from the component receiving position Xr to the component dispatching position Xd, and the first component 20a is transferred to the processing station 80 or otherwise removed from the component receiving station 200. The component receiving station 200 then transfers back to the component receiving position Xr to receive the next component 20 from the component outlet 124 and the like. The process 400 includes a fifth process portion 420 that involves determining whether the singulation operation under test is successful. The singulation operation is unsuccessful in that, after the component receiving station 200 carries the first component 20a while the 81 95417 201231368 and the component receiving bit £Xr are removed, the element: * receives the position Xr and is ready to receive The second or lower = 1 piece of J 70 is output by the feed channel (10). That is, the ejecting of the component from the feed track (10) occurs in a manner that is not properly synchronized with the periodic motion of the component receiving station relative to the tree receiving position Xr. Therefore, while the component receiving station 200 is from a plurality of receiving positions Xr (eye) to the component stock position such as inflammation and returning to the component receiving position Xr, the vacuum force applied by the effective vacuum unit to the current configuration along the feeding rail 120 is insufficient. The movement of the leader element 2〇b carried by the feed track 12A is effectively stopped. If singulation is unsuccessful (i.e., undesired component output from the feed track occurs) then the sixth process portion 430 involves determining whether more vacuum cells can be considered for addition to the effective vacuum cell configuration. If this is the case, the seventh process portion 432 involves the addition of a plurality of effective vacuum units, wherein a vacuum force can be applied to the effective vacuum unit for the purpose of more effectively stopping the movement of the leading element 20b and/or at least the feed track. The motion of a set of trailing elements 20c-e carried by 120 is decelerated. That is, the seventh process portion 432 involves adjusting the configuration of the effective vacuum unit to include a greater number of vacuum units to which a vacuum force can be applied along the feed channel 12, thereby increasing the likelihood that components can be avoided. Throwing from the 12th pass of the feed. After the seventh process portion 432, the process 400 can return to the fourth process portion 410 to (re)test the singulation performance. When the effective vacuum unit structure (for example, the initial vacuum unit, the structure selected in conjunction with the third process portion 4 〇6) contains an insufficient number of vacuum units, the periodic positioning of the element receiving stage relative to the element receiving position Xr is synchronized. 95417

S 82 201231368 的情況下,讓饋送執道120所攜帶的前導元件20b的運動 可靠停止時,第四、第五、第六和第七製程部分410, 420, 430, 432可以促進識別有效真空單元組構(例如,其對應於閾 (threshold)或最小有效真空單元組構),其中所述的有效 真空單元組構可以為所考慮的目標單一化速率提供成功或 可靠的單一化性能。 在額外的真空單元不可用於選擇為有效真空單元的情 況下,第八製程部分434可以涉及增強施加至目前有效真 空單元組的一個或複數個真空力。在第八製程部分434 後,製程400可以返回第四製程部分410以再測試單一化 性能。如果單一化是成功的,則第九製程部分440可以涉 及確定目前的單一化參數組是否可接受。此類單一化參數 可包含(a)—個或複數個正氣壓或流速幅度;(b)真空單元 組構資料,其識別單一化裝置10以目標單一化速率運作時 可以使前導元件20b的運動可靠停止的有效真空單元組 構;及/或(c)與目前有效真空單元組構對應的一個或複數 個真空壓或真空力強度。 如果單一化參數的進一步修改、測試或優化將發生, 則第十製程部分45()可以涉及確定是否使用另一個有效真 空單元組構(例如,其包含更少數目的有效真空單元)測試 單一化性能。如果考慮更小的有效真空單元組,則第十一 製程部分452可以涉及選擇性地減少所考慮的眾多有放真 空單元,隨後返回第四製程部分410以再測試單一化性能。 如果有效真空單元的數目將保持相同,則第十二製程 83 95417 201231368 部分454可以涉及選擇性地降低施加至有效真空單元的一 個或複數個真空力的強度。在第十二製程部分454後,製 程4 0 0可以返回至第四製程部分4丨〇以再測試單一化性能。 當有效真空單元組構包含眾多真空單元,所述的眾多 真空單元可以完全勝任在同步於元件接收台相對於元件接 收位置Xr的週期性定位的情況下使饋送軌道12〇所攜帶的 前導元件20b的運動可靠停止時,第四、第五、第十和第 十一製程部分410,420,450,452可以促進識別更小或最小 有效真空單元組構’其中就目標單一化速率而言,所述的 更小或最小有效真空單元組構可以提供成功或可靠的單一 化性能。 如果在第九製裎部分440中確定目前的單一化參數組 疋可接受的,則當__ ㈣中分 涉及(例如,在記 .據目前或操作性單一化參數來啟動單 或儲存目前的草置上’例如’在資料結構内部)保存 單一化速率的一化參數組,例如,做為針對所考慮目標 部分470可以作性單—化參數。最後,第十四製程 一化操作。 做為與笫β 外,圖對應的製程600的替代方案或除此之 些實施例中前述流程同時或平行或依次地),在一 能性元件損壞而-部&機可以涉及就結構性及/或功 功、失敗、、適5判斷或評估目前測試的單一化操作的成 420可以涉及用二或可接受性。具體而言’第五製程部分 疋或產生一個或複數個元件損壞量度 95417In the case of S 82 201231368, the fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh process portions 410, 420, 430, 432 may facilitate identification of the effective vacuum unit when the motion of the leader element 20b carried by the feed lane 120 is reliably stopped. The fabric (eg, which corresponds to a threshold or minimum effective vacuum cell configuration), wherein the effective vacuum cell configuration can provide successful or reliable singularity for the target singulation rate under consideration. Where the additional vacuum unit is not available for selection as an effective vacuum unit, the eighth process portion 434 may involve enhancing one or more vacuum forces applied to the currently active vacuum unit group. After the eighth process portion 434, the process 400 can return to the fourth process portion 410 to retest the singulation performance. If singulation is successful, the ninth process portion 440 can involve determining if the current singular parameter set is acceptable. Such singulation parameters may include (a) one or a plurality of positive air pressures or flow rate amplitudes; (b) vacuum cell fabric data identifying the movement of the leader element 20b when the singulation device 10 is operating at the target singulation rate An effective vacuum cell configuration that is reliably stopped; and/or (c) one or more vacuum or vacuum force strengths corresponding to the current effective vacuum cell configuration. If further modification, testing, or optimization of the singulation parameters will occur, the tenth process portion 45() may involve determining whether to use another effective vacuum cell configuration (eg, which includes a smaller number of effective vacuum cells) to test singularity performance. . If a smaller effective vacuum cell group is considered, the eleventh process portion 452 can involve selectively reducing the number of placed vacuum cells considered, and then returning to the fourth process portion 410 to retest the singulation performance. If the number of effective vacuum units will remain the same, the twelfth process 83 95417 201231368 portion 454 may involve selectively reducing the intensity of one or more vacuum forces applied to the effective vacuum unit. After the twelfth process portion 454, the process 400 can be returned to the fourth process portion 4 to retest the singulation performance. When the effective vacuum unit assembly comprises a plurality of vacuum units, the plurality of vacuum units can be fully qualified to cause the leading elements 20b carried by the feed track 12 to be synchronized with the periodic positioning of the element receiving table relative to the element receiving position Xr. When the motion is reliably stopped, the fourth, fifth, tenth, and eleventh process portions 410, 420, 450, 452 can facilitate identifying a smaller or smallest effective vacuum cell configuration 'where the smaller or smallest is in terms of target singulation rate An effective vacuum cell configuration can provide successful or reliable singularity. If it is determined in the ninth 裎 section 440 that the current singular parameter set is acceptable, then the __ (four) is involved (for example, in the current or operational singularity parameter to initiate a single or store the current The grass set is 'for example' inside the data structure) to hold a set of singularization parameters, for example, as a target 470 for the considered target portion 470. Finally, the fourteenth process is an operation. As an alternative to the process 600 corresponding to the 笫β, or in addition to the aforementioned processes in the embodiments, simultaneously or in parallel or sequentially, the one-component device may be damaged and the device may be related to the structure. And/or merits, failures, qualifiers, or assessments of the simplification operations of the current test may involve two or acceptability. Specifically, the 'fifth process part 疋 or produces one or more component damage metrics 95417

S 84 201231368 (component damage measure),所述量度表示一個或複數 個元件評估集合内部(component evaluation set)的一個 或複數個元件20是否顯示結構性及/或功能性損壞。例 如,第一元件損壞量度可以表示或對應於顯示結構性損壞 的元件的數目或百分比;及/或第二元件損壞量度可以表示 或對應於顯示功能性的元件的數目或百分比。 如果多於預定或可接受數目或百分比的元件係顯示择 構性及/或功能性損壞(例如,在第一或第二元件損壞量户 相當大或超過相應的元件損壞閾值的情況下),製程goo可 以繼續以與上文相對於第6圖所述方式相同或類似的方式 測試額外及/或更少真空單元組的選擇性啟動、及/咬對# 加至特殊真空單元的真空力的選擇性調整,以建立操作= 單一化參數組,其中所述的操作性單一化參數組(a)私终如 一地或整體上始終如一地導致零、基本上為零、最小 接受水準的結構性及/或功能性元件損壞,且同時還 供最高或適度高的元件產出率(例如,根據所測量或所厂、提 UPH值)和(c)始終如一地避免或避免單—化操作期間不的 望、非預期或不適時地從元件出口 124輪出元件。不希 的 做為輔助理解.的代表性實例,在一些實施例中,η、 執打與第δ圖對應的第一製程600a以判斷始終如—可以 威避免在單一化操作期間最高或高元件產出率下不防止 從凡件出°輸出元件的第-操作性的單-化參數級。望地 根據第-操作性單一化參數組的單一化操作導致零、如果 上為零、最小或可接受水準的元件損壞,則第—操作^本 95417 85 201231368 單一化參數組玎以留下並且做為生產有價值元件的製造程 序的組成部分使用。 在顯示出不文歡迎或不可接受水準的元件損壞的情況 下,可以執行推論性(cor〇lhry)、相關、第二或下一個製 程600b以獲得第二操作性的單一化參數組,所述的第二操 作性的單一化參數係定義了適當的真空單元組構及/或一 個或複數個真空力水準以提供最高、高或可接受的元件產 出率、以及零、基本上為零、最小或可接受水準的元件損 壞。第二操作性的單一化參數組可以留下並且做為生產有 價值元件的製造程序的組成部分使用。 在某些實施例中,可以藉助-組程式指令的執行來自 動地管理或進行單一化裝置配置製程4〇〇的一個或複數個 部分。此類程式指令及/或具體的單—化參數組可以儲存於 一種或多種電舳可讀取媒體上,例如,在與控制單元9〇(如 電腦系統)對應的記憶體及/或資料儲存裝置上。 如上文描述的製程_可以改編為依所考慮的基本上 任何類型的元件遞送單元1〇〇及/或元件接收台2〇〇的實施 例(例如’涉及多條饋送執㈣0及/或沿γ軸紐中央元 件接收台減概純元件接收台運動)。 /姑# Ί系Ί I置、設備和方法的方面,所述的 η·目邮 進或實現元件的分隔、單 一化或分離。具體而十,番 A _ '重稷、循環或反覆地分隔由元件 接收σ所攜帶的元件盘#、主姑、* . 台的其他元^ I—饋祕錢攜㈣或至元件接收S 84 201231368 (component damage measure), the metric indicating whether one or a plurality of components 20 of one or more component evaluation sets exhibit structural and/or functional impairments. For example, the first component damage metric may represent or correspond to the number or percentage of components that exhibit structural damage; and/or the second component damage metric may represent or correspond to the number or percentage of components that exhibit functionality. If more than a predetermined or acceptable number or percentage of components exhibits constructive and/or functional damage (eg, where the first or second component damage amount is substantial or exceeds the corresponding component damage threshold), The process goo may continue to test the selective activation of the additional and/or less vacuum cell groups, and/or the bite force to the vacuum force of the special vacuum cell, in the same or similar manner as described above with respect to Figure 6. Selective adjustment to establish an operation = singular parameter set, wherein the operational singular parameter set (a) consistently results in a zero, substantially zero, minimum acceptable level of structurality, either consistently or collectively. And/or functional components are damaged, and at the same time provide the highest or moderately high component yield (for example, based on measured or factory, UPH values) and (c) consistently avoid or avoid single-operation operations The component is rotated out of the component outlet 124 without expectation, unintended or untimely. Without wishing to be a representative example of assisted understanding, in some embodiments, η, the first process 600a corresponding to the δth figure is asserted to determine that the highest or high component during the singular operation can be avoided. The single-parameter parameter level of the first-operability of the output element from the output is not prevented under the output rate. According to the singular operation of the first-operability singular parameter group, zero, if the component with zero, minimum or acceptable level is damaged, then the first operation parameter 95417 85 201231368 singular parameter group 玎 to leave and Used as part of a manufacturing process that produces valuable components. In the event of a component that exhibits an unwelcome or unacceptable level of damage, an inferential, related, second or next process 600b can be performed to obtain a second operational set of singular parameters, The second operational singulation parameter defines an appropriate vacuum cell configuration and/or one or more vacuum levels to provide the highest, highest or acceptable component yield, and zero, substantially zero, The smallest or acceptable level of component damage. The second operational singularity parameter set can be left and used as part of the manufacturing process for producing valuable components. In some embodiments, one or more portions of the singular device configuration process can be actively managed or performed by execution of the set of program instructions. Such program instructions and/or specific single-parameter parameter sets may be stored on one or more electronically readable media, for example, in memory and/or data storage corresponding to control unit 9 (eg, computer system). On the device. The process as described above may be adapted to be an embodiment of substantially any type of component delivery unit 1 and/or component receiving station 2 (eg, involving multiple feeds (four) 0 and/or along gamma) The axis center central component receiving station reduces the pure component receiving station motion). In the aspect of the apparatus, the apparatus and the method, the η·目 mail or realize the separation, singulation or separation of the components. Specifically, ten, A _ 'repeated, cyclically or repeatedly separated by the component receiving σ carried by the component disk #, the aunt, *. Other elements of the station ^ I - the secret money carrying (four) or to the component receiving

95417 S 86 201231368 一真空力組或壓力可相對於饋送執道位置選擇性地施 加以使沿饋送執道運動中的元件減速及/或停止,進而避免 一個或複數個元件從饋送執道中非預期、不希望或失控地 卸下、拋出或卸載。在多種實施例中,只藉由相對於沿饋 送執道的一個或複數個部位或位置所施加的一真空力組來 避免元件從饋送軌道不合乎需要的拋出。在具體的實施例 中,當元件接收台已經攜帶先前撤回或卸載的元件時、或 當元件接收台沒有準備好從饋送執道接收下一個元件時, 在與饋送軌道所攜帶的前導元件對應的一組位置處施加真 空力本身足以避免元件從饋送軌道轉移至元件接收台。 可以在沿饋送執道的一組位置、區域、區段或區帶處 藉助一組真空單元(如真空開口、真空通路及/或真空腔) 施加特定的真空力或壓力。可以控制(例如,選擇及/或變 動)藉助一個或複數個真空單元所施加的真空力的持續時 間及/或強度,例如,取決於饋送軌道的長度及/或尺寸(例 如,橫截面積或直徑);元件尺寸及/或類型;沿饋送執道 的峰值或平均元件位移速度;及/或想要的元件產出率速率 (例如,目標元件單一化速率)。在某些實施例中,可以控 制藉助特定真空所施加的真空力的持續時間及/或強度,且 與藉助沿饋送軌道的真空單元所施加的真空力無關。 上文描述了本發明的某些實施例的用於解決前述問題 中至少之一者。儘管與本發明相關的特徵、功能、優點和 替代品已經在那些實施例的背景下進行描述,然而其他實 施例也可以顯示這種優點,並且當然並非全部實施例需要 87 95417 201231368 顯示此類優點以落入本發明的範圍内。可以理解,上 公開的結構、特徵和功能或其替代物令的幾項可以合咅地 組合成為其他裝置、_絲用1下制要求包括:文 所公開的結構、特徵和功能或其替代物、以及可以隨後由 本發=所屬所屬技術領域#具有通常知識者所作出的其多 種目前未曾見過或未曾制的替代物、修改、變型或改進。 【圖式簡單說明】 上文係參考附圖描述本發明的實施例,在所述附圖中: 〇〇第1圖是說明根據本發明實施例的代表性元件分隔、 單化或分離系統1的方塊圖; 、第2A圖是說明根據本發明實施例的元件分隔、單一化 或分離裝置的部分的側視示意圖; 第2B圖是與第2A圖對應的元件分隔裝置的實施例的 平面圖; 一第2C圖疋說明根據本發明另一個實施例的元件分 隔單一化或分離裝置的部分的側視示意圖; 第2D圖是與第2C圖對應的元件分隔裝置的實施 平面圖; _ 第2E圖是說明根據本發明另一個實施例的元件分 p高、^ 平—化或分離裝置的部分的側視示意圖; 第2F圖是與第2E圖對應的元件分隔裝置的實施例的 平面圖; 、 2 G圖疋說明根據本發明進一步實施例的元件分 p高、單 ^ 化或分離裝置的部分的側視示意圖; 88 95417 201231368 第2H圖是與第2G圖對應的元件分隔裝置的實施例的 平面圖; 第21圖是說明根據本發明另一個實施例的元件分 隔、單一化或分離裝置的部分的側視示意圖; _ ,2J圖是說明根據本發明另一個實施例的元件分 隔、單-化或分離裝置的部分的俯視示意圖;95417 S 86 201231368 A vacuum force group or pressure may be selectively applied relative to the feed lane position to decelerate and/or stop the components in the feed lane motion, thereby preventing one or more components from being unintended from the feed lane. Undesired or uncontrolled, unloading, throwing or unloading. In various embodiments, the undesired ejection of components from the feed track is avoided only by a group of vacuum forces applied relative to one or more portions or locations along the feedway. In a particular embodiment, when the component receiving station has carried the previously withdrawn or unloaded component, or when the component receiving station is not ready to receive the next component from the feedway, in correspondence with the leading component carried by the feed track Applying a vacuum force at a set of locations is sufficient in itself to avoid the transfer of components from the feed track to the component receiving station. A particular vacuum force or pressure can be applied by a set of vacuum units (e.g., vacuum openings, vacuum paths, and/or vacuum chambers) at a set of locations, regions, sections, or zones along the feed lane. The duration and/or intensity of the vacuum force applied by one or more vacuum units may be controlled (eg, selected and/or varied), for example, depending on the length and/or size of the feed track (eg, cross-sectional area or Diameter); component size and/or type; peak or average component displacement velocity along the feed; and/or desired component yield rate (eg, target component singulation rate). In some embodiments, the duration and/or intensity of the vacuum force applied by the particular vacuum can be controlled, regardless of the vacuum force applied by the vacuum unit along the feed track. The foregoing describes some of the embodiments of the present invention for solving at least one of the foregoing problems. Although features, functions, advantages and alternatives relating to the present invention have been described in the context of those embodiments, other embodiments may also exhibit such advantages, and of course not all embodiments require 87 95417 201231368 to show such advantages. It is intended to fall within the scope of the invention. It will be understood that several of the structures, features and functions disclosed above, or alternatives thereof, may be combined in combination to form other devices, and the requirements for the use of the wire include: structures, features and functions disclosed herein or alternatives thereto. And a variety of alternatives, modifications, variations or improvements which may be made by those of ordinary skill in the art to which the present invention pertains. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Embodiments of the present invention are described above with reference to the accompanying drawings in which: FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating a representative component separation, singulation or separation system 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention. 2A is a side view showing a portion of a component separating, singulating or separating device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2B is a plan view showing an embodiment of the component separating device corresponding to FIG. 2A; 2C is a side elevational view showing a portion of the element separating singulation or separation device according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2D is an implementation plan view of the element separating device corresponding to FIG. 2C; _ FIG. 2E is BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 2F is a plan view showing a portion of a component separating device according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2F is a plan view showing an embodiment of the component separating device corresponding to FIG. 2E; BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 28 is a side elevational view showing a portion of a component of a p-high, single-pass or separation device according to a further embodiment of the present invention; 88 95417 201231368 Figure 2H is a component separation corresponding to the 2G image. Figure 21 is a plan view showing a portion of an element separating, singulating or separating device according to another embodiment of the present invention; _, 2J is a view illustrating an element according to another embodiment of the present invention a schematic plan view of a portion of the separation, singulation or separation device;

第2K圖是說明一種方式的俯視示意圖,其中,第2J 圖的το件遞送單元和元件接收台可以用所述方式組構成用 以彼此配對齧合; 第2L圖疋說明根據本發明又一個實施例的元件分 隔、單一化或分離裝置的部分的俯視示意圖; 第2M圖是說明根據本發明又另一個實施例的元件分 隔、單一化或分離裝置的部分的俯視示意圖; 第2N圖是說明根據本發明另一個實施例的元件分 隔、單一化或分離裝置的部分的側視示意圖; 第3A圖是根據本發明實施例的代表性真空開口組 的示意圖; 第3B圖是根據本發明另一個實施例的代表性真空開 口組構的示意圖; # 第3C圖是根據本發明的進一步實施例的代表性 開口組構的示意圖; 第3D圖疋分別安排在本發明實施例的第一、第二和第 三饋送執道區域内的第-、第二和第三真空開口代表性組 構的示意圖; 95417 89 201231368 第3E圖是本發明的具體實施例的代表性真空開口形 狀的示意圖; 第4A和4B圖是元件分隔裝置的平面示意圖,所述的 元件分隔裝置包含根據本發明的由元件遞送單元所攜帶的 一組配對餐合單元和元件接收台; 第4C至4E圖是代表性方式的示意圖,其中可根據本 發明的實施例以所述的代表性方式使一個或複數個突出橋 接單元或構件及/或一個或複數個接收單元或結構的部分 逐漸變細或輪廓吻合; 第5圖是根據本發明的代表性元件分隔、單一化或分 離製程的流程圖;以及 第6圖是根據本發明實施例的代表性單一化裝置配置 製程的流程圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 系統 5 元件源 10 裝置 20 元件 20a 卸載元件 20b 前導元件 20c 、 20d 、 20e 尾隨元件 40 .預壓氣體供應單元 42a、42b、62a、62b 開關 60 真空源Figure 2K is a top plan view illustrating a manner in which the τ-piece delivery unit and the component receiving station of Figure 2J can be constructed in such a manner as to be mated to each other; 2L illustrates a further implementation in accordance with the present invention A schematic plan view of a portion of an element separation, singulation or separation device of the example; FIG. 2M is a top plan view illustrating a portion of the component separation, singulation or separation device according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2N is an illustration A side view of a portion of an element separating, singulating or separating device of another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 3A is a schematic view of a representative vacuum opening group according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 3B is another embodiment of the present invention Schematic diagram of a representative vacuum opening configuration of an example; #3C is a schematic diagram of a representative open configuration according to a further embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 3D is arranged in the first and second sums of the embodiment of the present invention, respectively Schematic diagram of a representative configuration of the first, second, and third vacuum openings in the third feeding lane region; 95417 89 201231368 3E is a present A schematic view of a representative vacuum opening shape of a specific embodiment; FIGS. 4A and 4B are schematic plan views of a component separating device including a pair of paired meals carried by the component delivery unit according to the present invention Units and component receiving stations; Figures 4C through 4E are schematic diagrams of representative manners in which one or more of the protruding bridging units or components and/or one or more may be made in the representative manner described in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. a portion of the receiving unit or structure that tapers or contours; Figure 5 is a flow diagram of a representative element separation, singulation or separation process in accordance with the present invention; and Figure 6 is a representative singularization in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention Flow chart of the device configuration process. [Main component symbol description] 1 System 5 Component source 10 Device 20 Component 20a Unloading component 20b Leading component 20c, 20d, 20e Trailing component 40. Pre-pressurized gas supply unit 42a, 42b, 62a, 62b Switch 60 Vacuum source

90 95417 S 201231368 80 80a 80b 90 100 100a 100b 105 110 112 114 力σ工站 第一加工站 第二加工站 控制單元 元件遞送單元 第一元件遞送單元 第二元件遞送單元 接收單元 底部分 頂部分 突出部分 120 饋送執道 120a 第一饋送轨道 120b 第二饋送軌道 元件入口 元件出口 氣室 空氣開口 空氣入口 空氣導入口 122 124 130 132 134 138 142、142a、142b 第一真空開口 142c、153b、153c、163b、242 真空開 口 143 第一饋送轨道區域 144 第一真空管道 91 9541790 95417 S 201231368 80 80a 80b 90 100 100a 100b 105 110 112 114 force σ station first processing station second processing station control unit element delivery unit first element delivery unit second element delivery unit receiving unit bottom part top part protruding part 120 feed channel 120a first feed track 120b second feed track element inlet element outlet plenum air opening air inlet air inlet 122 124 130 132 134 138 142, 142a, 142b first vacuum opening 142c, 153b, 153c, 163b, 242 vacuum opening 143 first feed track area 144 first vacuum line 91 95417

201231368 144a、154a 第一真空通道 144b、154b 第二真空通道 148 、 148a 第一真空口 148b 第二真空口 140 、 150 、 150a 、 150b 真空腔 152、152a、152b 第二真空開口 153 第二饋送軌道區域 154 第二真空管道 158 第二真空口 158a 第一孔 158b 第二孔 162 第三真空開口 163 第三饋送執道區域 200 元件接收台 205 橋接構件組 210 接收結構 210a 第一接收結構 210b 第二接收結構 210c 第三接收結構 210d 第四接收結構 212 支座 220、220a、220b 感應單元 244 、 246 真空管道 248 真空口 92 95417 S 201231368 300 、 400 、 600 製程 310 、 402 第一製程部分 320 > 404 第二製程部分 330 、 406 第三製程部分 340 > 410 第四製程部分 350 、 420 第五製程部分 360 、 430 第六製程部分 370 、 432 第七製程部分 380 、 434 第八製程部分 440 第九製程部分 450 第十製程部分 452 第十一製程部分 454 第十二製程部分 460 第十三製程部分 470 第十四製程部分 600a 第一製程 600b 第一^製,程ϋ - 1000 元件目的地 Xr 元件接收位置 Xd 元件派送位置 Ydl 第一 Υ軸元件派送位置 Yd2 第二Υ軸元件派送位置 Yr Υ轴元件接收位置 93 95417201231368 144a, 154a first vacuum channel 144b, 154b second vacuum channel 148, 148a first vacuum port 148b second vacuum port 140, 150, 150a, 150b vacuum chamber 152, 152a, 152b second vacuum opening 153 second feed track Region 154 second vacuum conduit 158 second vacuum port 158a first aperture 158b second aperture 162 third vacuum opening 163 third feedway region 200 component receiving station 205 bridging member set 210 receiving structure 210a first receiving structure 210b second Receiving structure 210c third receiving structure 210d fourth receiving structure 212 support 220, 220a, 220b sensing unit 244, 246 vacuum pipe 248 vacuum port 92 95417 S 201231368 300, 400, 600 process 310, 402 first process part 320 > 404 second process portion 330, 406 third process portion 340 > 410 fourth process portion 350, 420 fifth process portion 360, 430 sixth process portion 370, 432 seventh process portion 380, 434 eighth process portion 440 Nine process part 450 tenth process part 452 the eleventh process part 454 Twelve process portion 460 thirteenth process portion 470 fourteenth process portion 600a first process 600b first system, process ϋ - 1000 component destination Xr component receiving position Xd component dispatching position Ydl first Υ axis component dispatching position Yd2 Second 元件 axis component delivery position Yr Υ Axis component receiving position 93 95417

Claims (1)

201231368 七、申請專利範圍: 1. -種用於調節元件流和分離元件中至少一者的裝 置,包括: 70件遞送單凡,係包括至少-饋送執道,所述的 饋送執道係組構成用以攜帶沿該至少—條饋送軌道 從°亥至少一饋送軌道的元件入口向該至少一饋送軌 道的元件出口可串列移動的一連串元件,·以及 、至乂真空組合件,係流動地可耦接於該至少一 饋送軌道上至少二不同部位、並且組構成用以施加一 真空力組到該至少二不同部位。 2. 巾明專利㈣第i項所述之裝置,復包括元件接收 σ,係組構成用以接收從該元件出口卸载的一連串元 件内部的至少一元件。 .如申明專利範圍第2項所述之裝置,其中,該元件接 收口包含適當地成形以接收至少一元件的接收器。 1 ^請專利範圍第1項所述之裝置,其中,該元件遞 送單元包括平行排列的至少二饋送執道。 5. 如申請專利範圍第4項所述之裝置,其中,該至少一 真空組合件係包括至少二不同的真空組合件,該至少 二不同真空組合件的每一者流動地可耦接於每條相 應饋送執道上的至少二不同部位。 6. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述之裝置,其中,該元件接 收台包含至少二不同的元件接收器,該至少二不同的 凡件接收器的每一者係適當地成形以接收至少一元 95417 1 201231368 8. 9. 10. 11 12, 件。 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之裳置,其中,該至少— 真空組合件係組構成用以在該至少一饋送:道二: 一組饋送執道部纟處施加第—真空力和在該至少— 饋送軌道的第二_送軌道部位處絲第二真空^ 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之裝置,其中,該:少二 真空紐合件係組構成用以選擇性建立該第一真空 和第二真空力中至少之一者的強度。 如申請專利範圍第i項所述之裝置,其中,該至少一 真空組合件包括複數個真空單元,將該複數:真二: 通真空單元組構成用於與該饋送軌道的 如申請專利範㈣丨項所述之裝置,其中,該至,ι、一 f空組合件包括第一组真空單元和與該第:組二: 早7〇不同的第二組真空單元。 如申請專圍第1G項所述之裳置,其中, 組真空單元包含暴露於該饋送軌、: 第二組真空單元包含暴露於該饋送軌IS —組真空開口》 利範圍第11項所述之裂置,其中,將該第 第=開口組構成用以分配第—真空力遍及元件 第1:=,且將該第二組真空開口組構成用以分配 —具二力遍及元件的第二數目。 如申請專利範圍第U項所述之裝置,其中,由該第 r** 95417 13. 201231368 14. 15. -真空力的強度相對於元件的第一數目所定義的第 一^率係與由該第二真空力的強度相對於元件的第 一數目所定義的第二比率不同。 如申5月專概圍第13項所述之裝置,其中,該第一 比率係大於該第二比率。 、 ° 如申請專·圍第U項所述之裝置,其中,該第一 組真空開口係比該第二組真空開口安置得更靠近該 几件出口。 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. =申請專利範圍第U項所述之裝置,其中,將該第 上組真空開口組構成用以適應元件的第—數目,且將 该第二組真空開口組構成用以適應元件的第二數目。 如申請專利範圍第16項所述之|置,其中,該元件 的第一數目係與該元件的第二數目不同。 =請專鄕㈣16韻狀裝置,其巾,該元件 、 數目係等於該元件的第二數目。 如申請專鄉㈣16項所述之|置,其巾,該元件 的第一數目係小於該元件的第二數目。 如申請專利範圍第16項所述之|置,其+,該元 的第一數目元件等於一。 如申請專利範圍第u項所述之裝置,其巾,該第— 組,空開口藉由以相對於該至少—饋送軌道二角度 所安排的—組真空通路來與該至少—饋送軌道叙接Γ 如申請專利第21項所述之裝置,復包括以相對 於該至少—饋送軌道的角度所安排的一組氣道。 95417 S 22. 201231368 如申請專利範圍第22項所述之裝置,其中,將 ::真空開口和氣道組組構成用以實現該連串= 該至少-饋送執道以相對於猶環性施加該直空: 、,且到邊至少一饋送執道上的 方式逐步移動。 、不同部位的同步 ”請專利範圍第U項所述之褒置,其中, 2真空開π組構成以足夠使至少—元件沿該至/少 —貝达執道停止移動的方式來施加真空力到至少一 兀*件。 匕申=專利範圍第η項所述之裝置,其中,將該第 =真空開σ組構成収夠使最靠近該元件出口的 7〇件停止移動的方式來施加真空力至該前導元 如申請專利範圍第η項所述之裝置,其中,該第一 級真空開口包含與該第二組真空開口内部的直空開 口具有不邮截面制真㈣口。 ~ 如申請專利範圍第U項所述之裝置,其中,該第一! ^開口提供第—合計真空開口橫截面積與第二 抹' 〗 且5亥第二組真空開口提供與該第一合計 尹、截面積不同的第二合計真空開口橫截面積。 :二:專利範圍第11項所述之裝置,其中,該第一 /、二開口包含具有不同橫截面積的複數個真空開 D〇 ’ 9.如申請專利範圍第11項所述之裝置,其中,該第- 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 95417 4 201231368 組真空開口包含具有不同橫截面積的複數個直空開 :,:該第二組真空開口包含具有不同橫截面積的複 數個真空開口。 30. 31. 32. 33. 如申請專利範圍帛n項所述之裝置,其中,該第一 組真空開口包含前導真空開口和尾隨真空開口。 如=請專利範圍第30項所述之裝置,其中,該前導 真空開口在橫截面積方面大於該尾隨真空開口。 如申專利範圍第u項所述之裝置,其中,該元件 遞达早兀包括與該第一組真空開口和第二組真空開 口中之一者流動轉接的真空腔。 如申請專利範圍第H項所述之裝置,其中,該元件 遞送單元包括與該第-組真” σ流動㈣的第一 真空腔、和與該第二組真空開口流動耦接的第二真空 • 利範圍第1項所述之裝置,復包括縣氣體 八應早兀,係與該元件遞送單元流動地輕接並且组構 成用以提供正氣屢至該元件遞送單元以施加位移力 到該連串元件上,該位移力係足以向該元件出口 該連串元件。 35·=申請專利範圍第34項所述之裝置,其令,將 屋氣體供應單元組構成以基本上岐的流速和基本 上怪定的壓力提供該正氣壓。 36. ^申請專利範圍第34項所述之裝置,其卜將該至 夕真空組合件配置成以相對於該正氣遷的間歇方 95417 201231368 式施加該真空力組,且其中該真空力組包含足以使最 靠近該元件出口的前導元件的移動間歇停止的至少 一真空力。 37. 如申請專利範圍第36項所述之裝置,其中,將該至 少一個真空組合件組構成用以在不間斷地施加該正 氣堡至該元件遞送單元的期間施加該真空力組。 38. —種系統,包括: 元件遞送單元,其包括: 至少一饋送執道’係具有元件入口和元件出 口,所述至少一饋送軌道係組構成用以攜帶沿該 至少一饋送軌道可移動的一連串元件;以及 預壓氣體供應單元,係與該元件遞送單元流 動地耦接並且組構成用以供應預壓氣流,所述的 預壓氣流係施加實質上恆定的位移力至沿該至 少一饋送軌道的該連串元件上,所述位移力係指 向該元件出口; 元件接收台,係組構成用以從該至少一镇送軌道 接收該連串元件内部的第一元件,該元件接收台包括 組構成用以偵測該第一元件由該接收台接收的一組 感應器;以及 真空組合件,係與該元件遞送單元流動地耦接並 且組構成用以在一組饋送執道部位處相對於該預壓 氣體流而言間歇施加一真空力組的真空組合件,該真 空力組足以避免該連串元件内部的第二元件從該元 95417 6 201231368 件出口輸出。 39. 如申請專利範圍第38頊所述之系綠’其中,該真空 組合件的至少一部分係攜帶於該元件遞送單元内。 40. 如申請專利範圍第39項所述之系統’其中,該真空 組合件包括藉助一組真空開口與該饋送轨道流動地 輕接的至少一真空腔。 41. 如申請專利範圍第38項所述之系統,其中,一旦偵 測到該第一元件由該元件接收台接收,則啟動該真空 力組的施加。 42. 如申請專利範圍第38項所述之系統,其中,該真空 組合件包括組構成用以施加第一真空力至第一組饋 送執道部位的第一組真空單元、和組構成用以施加第 二真空力至與該第一組饋送軌道部位不同的第二組 饋送軌道部位的第二組真空單元。 43. 如申請專利範圍第42項所述之系統,其中,各該第 一真空力和第二真空力係反抗該位移力。 44. 如申請專利範圍第&項所述之系統,其中,將該真 空組合件組構成用以相對於該第二真空力的強度地 選擇性建立該第—真空力的強度。 種方法,係用於調節元件流和分:離元件中至少— 者’該方法包括: _提供元件遞送單元,其具有組構成用以使元件從 元件人口向元件出σ移動的至少-饋送軌道; 提供連串元件到該至少一饋送軌道,該連串元件 95417 7 201231368 包含第-元件和串列接續該第—元 使該連串元件沿該至少一饋送執ζ第;^件; 口移動,·以及 k執道向該元件出 46. 施加一真空力組到該至少一 不同饋送軌道部位以避免該.連串 元件從該元件出口輸出。 饋送執道的至少二 元件内部的該第二 如申請專利範圍第45 元件包含串列接續該第 包括: 項所述之方法,其中,該連串 一兀件的第三元件,該方法復 連串調Si空力組内部的至少—真空力,以實現該 几 〇P的第二兀*件從該元件出口輸出;以及 進一步調節該真空力組内部的該至少一真空 力’以避免在該第二元件已經至少部分地從該元件= 口輸出之後,該連串元件内部㈣三元件從該 口輸出。 A如申請專利範圍第45項所述之方法,復包括提供組 構成用以接收從該元件出口卸載的該連串元件内部 的至少一元件的元件接收台。 48. 如申請專利範圍第47項所述之方法,其中,該元件 接收σ包含適當地成形以接收至少一元件的接收器。 49. 如申請專利範圍第45項所述之方法,復包括提供被 組構成用於施加該真空力組的至少真空組合件,所 述至少一真空組合件流動地可耗接於該至少一饋送 轨道的該至少二不同部位。 95417 8 201231368 50.如申請專利範圍第45項所述之方法,其中,該元件 遞送單元包括平行排列的至少二饋送轨道。 51·如申請專利範圍帛50項所述之方法,復包括提供被 組構成用於施加該真空力紐的至少二不同真空組合 件其中所述至少二不同真空組合件係流動地可搞接 於每條相應饋送執道上的該至少二不同部位。 52.如申明專利範圍第48項所述之方法,其中,該元件 接收台包含至少二不同的元件接收器,該至少二不同 的元件接收器的每—者係適#地成形以接收至少一 元株。 請專㈣㈣45項所収方法,其巾,施加該 法工力組到至少二不同饋送執道部位係包括選擇性 一真空力在第-饋送執道部,位處的強度和第 54. 55, 執道部位處的強度中至少之—者。,⑽第一饋送 :專利靶圍第53項所述之方法’其中,該第一 ::力的強度係與該第二真空力的強度不同。 該至少—饋H 叙料,復包括提供與 一 饋运執道可流動地耦接的複數個真空單 部二Γ加該真空力磁到該至少二不同饋送軌道 數個真^元H地建立駐少—饋送軌道與該複 如申-二特定真空單元之間的流動連通。 如甲印專利範圍第45 、 、 該至少-饋送方法,復包括提供與 、、可流動地耦接的第一組真空單 95417 S 56. 201231368 π兴至少 單元,執道可流動地耦接的第二組 如申請i利單元與該第二組真空單元不同。 組真空單項所述之方法,其巾,該第一 真空開口且該3第二該^^ ^ ΑΑ 5Χ 一、、且真空單70包含暴露於該至少一 饋运軌道的第二組真空開σ。 ^ 2請專利範圍第57項所述之方法,其中,施加一 真空力組到至少_ 八 第-电直^ 同饋送執道部位係包括使用該 件,且使^第H第—真空力遍及第—數目的元 二數目的元件真㈣口分配第二真空力遍及第 如申請專利範圍第58 -真空力的強戶斤这之方法,其中,由該第 -比率孫^ 對件第—數目所定義的第 比率係與由該第二真空 二數目所定義的第二比率不同。又相對於心件第 職H第59_述之妓 比率大於該第二比率。 、r 4弟 如申請專利範圍第57 π、+、+ + 組真空開口藉由以相7對 所安排的-組真空通道與至饋:轨道的角度 如申請專利_61;:=== 相對於該至少一饋送轨 排供以 :申期乾圍弟62項所述之方法 串元件沿該至少一饋穿舳 八中使邊連 〜軌道向該元件出口移動係包 ‘組具芏 57. 58. 59 60. 61. 62. 95417 10 63. 201231368 64. 65 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 括使用該第—組真空開口和該氣雜使串列安排的 疋件沿該饋送軌道向該元件出π的同步逐步移動。 —申明專利圍第63項所述之方法,其中,使串列 該饋送軌道的同步逐步移動係包括循 衣地5周即该真空力組内部的至少一真空力。 申請專利範圍第64項所述之方法,其中,使串列 :也饋送執道的同步逐步移動係包括循 藉助該^道:且:::内部的該至少一個真空力,同時 供至少—正制至該饋送執道,其中 :件:「正氣漫施加實質上恆定的位移力到該連串 利顯第57項所述之方法,其中,該第一 元::::係比該第二組真空開口安置得更靠近該 ==軸66項所述之方法,其中,將該第 节第、Γ! 成用以適應元件的第-數目,且將 開口組構成用以適應轉轉;數目。 的第申:關第67項所述之方法,其中,該元件 第數目係與該元件的第二數目不同。 利範圍第67項所述的方法,其令,該元件 弟數目等於該元件的第二數目ό 如申請專鄉目帛.67項所述之方法 的第一數目小於該元件的第二數目。 如申請專利範圍第67項所述之方法 其中,該元和 其中,該元f 95417 S 11 201231368 72, 73, 74. 75. 76, 77. 的第一數目等於一。 如申請專利範圍第57項所述之方法,其中,該第一 組真空開口係包含與該第二組真空開口内部的真空 開口具有不同橫截面積的真空開口。 如申請專利範圍第57項所述之方法,其中,該第一 、組真空開π係提供[合計真空開口横截面積與該 第二組真空開口,且該第二組真空開口提供與該第一 合計橫截面積不同的第二合計真空開口橫截面積。 如申晴專利範圍第57項所述之方法,其中,施加一 真空力組到至少二不同饋送軌道部位係包括建立該 饋送執道與該第-組真线口和第二組真空開口中 至少之一者之間的流動連通。 如申請專利範園第57項所述之方法,其中,該第一 真二開口和第二組真空開口中至少之一者係與該 元件遞送單元所攜帶的真空腔耦接。 ^申請專利範圍第45項所述之方法,復包括提供正 乳屋到該至少—饋送執道以施加轉力龍連串元 件上,該位移力足以使該連串元件向該元件出口移 勒0 如申凊專利範圍第76項所述之方法,其中,以實質 上值定的流速和實質上恆定的壓力中之一者提供該 正氣壓。 如申請專㈣圍第77項所述之方法,其巾,施加一 真空力組到至少二不同饋送執道部位係包括以相對 95417 12 78. 201231368 於该正氣壓的間歇方式施加該真空力組。 79.如:請專利範圍第77項所述之方法,其中,施加一 真i力組到至少二不同饋送軌道部位係包括在不間 斷地提供δ玄正氣壓至該饋送軌道的期間施加該真空 力組。 80.種方去’係用於調節元件流和分離元件中至少之一 者,該方法包括: _提供元件遞送單元,其具有組構成用以使元件從 一牛 向元件出口移動的至少一饋送軌道; 、連串元件至该元件遞送單元,該連串元件係 匕3 ^一几件和串列接續該第-元件的第二元件; θ供施加位移力到該連串元件上以使該連串元 二亥饋送軌道向該元件出口移動的實質上不間斷 的正壓氣流; 件 。元件出口輸出該連串元件内部的該第一 元 知加-真空力組至饋送執道部位組;以及 施二第:=該。至少-饋送轨道的移動僅因 81 :種=於調節元件流和分離元件中至少之_ 提供元件遞送單元,1 該至少-饋送執道可饋送執道和與 組構,該至少一地轉接的可選擇真空單元 貝、k係組構成用以使元件從元件 95417 S 13 201231368 入口向元件出口串列移動; 第真二單元組構,其定義與該至少一饋送 ,道在第-組料軌道部位處流祕祕 組 真空單元; 使複數個元件沿該至少―饋送軌道向該元件出 口移動; 從該7L件出口輸出前導元件,同時使該複數個元 件沿該至少一饋送執道移動; 從該元件出口輪出該前導元件的至少一部分之 後,施加真空力至該第一真空單元組構;以及 確定在施加該真空力至該第—真空單元組構期 間’該第-真空單元組構是否避免另—個元件從該元 件出口輸出。 82. 83. 84. 85. 如申請專利範圍第81項所述之方法,復包括·· 提供組構成用以從該元件出口接收元件的元件 接收台;以及 從該元件出口卸載該連串元件内部的第一元件 至该元件接收台。 如申請專利範圍第82項所述之方法,其中,該元件 接收台包含適當地成形以接收至少一個元件的接 器。 如申請專利範圍第81項所述之方法,其中,該元件 遞送單元包括平行排列的至少二饋送轨道。 如申請專利範圍第84項所述之方法,其中,該至少 95417 14 201231368 一真空組合件包括至少二不同的真空組合件,該至少 二不同真空組合件的每一者流動地可耦接於每條相 應饋送執道上的該至少二不同部位。 如申請專利範圍第83項所述之方法,其中,該元件 接收台包含至少二不同的元件接收器,該至少二不同 的元件接收器的每一者適當地成形以接收至少一 件。 87. 如申請專利範圍第81項所述之方法,復包括: 建立第二真空單元組構,其定義與該至少一饋送 執道在第二組饋送執道部位處流動地㈣的第二組 真空早疋’該第二組饋送軌道部位與該第—組饋送執 道部位不同; 使複數個元件沿該至少—饋送執道向該元件出 口移動; 從该7〇件出口輪出元件,同時使該複數個元件沿 〜至少一饋送執道移動; 1 x元件出口輸出該元件之後,施力Π真空力至該 一真空單元紐_構;以及 確定在施加該真空力至該第二真空單元組構期 妹Ψ該第—真空單70組構是否避免另—個元件從該元 件出口輸出。 ,申請專利範圍第87項所述之方法 =道部位包含比該第-組饋送執道部位= 致目的饋送軌道部位。 , 95417 15 88, 201231368 89. 90. 如申請專利範圍第87項所述之方法, Γ送軌道抑包纽料—㈣送軌道部位t 數目的饋送軌道部位。 ‘ 一種方法m切元件,财法包括: 提供元件遞送單元,其射至少—饋送軌道和與 ox夕一饋达軌道的不同位置可流動地轉接的可選 擇的複數«空心,社少—饋道係組構= 以使元件從元件入口向元件出口移動; 使複數個元件沿該至少一饋送執道向該元件出 口移動; 、循環地施加第一真空力組至與該至少一饋送軌 道流動地耦接的第一組真空開口; /因為使該複數個元件沿該至少一饋送軌道移動 和循環性施加該真空力組至該第一組真空開口之間 的父替轉變而從該元件出口輸出元件評估集合,該元 件評估集合包含至少一個元件; 確定與該元件評估集合對應的至少一損壞量 度,該至少一損壞量度提供對元件結構性損壞和元件 功能性損壞之一者的指示;以及 基於該至少一損壞量度,建立與該第一組真空開 口不同的第二組真空開口和與該第一真空力組不同 的第二真空力組中至少之一者。 91.如申請專利範圍第go項所述之方法,其中,輸出該 元件評估集合係包括以施加該第一真空力組至該第 95417 16 201231368 一組真空開口時避免來自該元件出口的元件輸出的 方式從該元件出口串列輸出各個元件。 92. —種方法,係用於調節元件流和分離元件中至少之一 者,該方法包括: 提供元件遞送單元,其具有與正氣壓源可流動地 躺接的至少一饋送軌道、和與該至少一饋送軌道可流 動地耦接的可選擇真空單元組構,讓至少一饋送軌道 係組構成用以使元件從元件入口向元件出口移動; 施加正氣壓到該至少一條饋送執道; 藉助該正氣壓施加位移力到該至少一饋送軌道 所攜帶的複數個元件上; 使該複數個元件沿該至少一饋送軌道向該元件 出口移動;以及 確定真空單元組構,其對抗該位移力以避免在真 空施加間隔期間元件通過該元件出口輸出。 93. 如申請專利範圍第92項所述之方法,其中,該真空 單元的組構是對抗該位移力的最小真空單元組4鼻。 94. 如申請專利範圍第92項所述之方法,其中,施加該 正氣壓係包括施加實質上恆定的氣壓。 95. —種系統,係用於分離元件,該系統包括: 元件遞送單元,其包括: 至少一條饋送軌道,係組構成用以攜帶沿該 至少一饋送軌道從元件入口至元件出口可移動 的一連串元件;以及 17 95417 S 201231368 一組接收單元;以及 元件接收台’其包括: 接收結構,係組構成用以從該元件出口接收 該連串元件輸出物内部的元件;以及 一組齧合單元,係組構成用以與該接收單元 組配對醬合。 96.=申請專利範圍第95項所述之系統,其中,該齧合 單7G組包括離開該接收結構並向該元件遞送單元延 伸的一組突出構件。 97·如申請專利範圍第96項所述之系統,其中,該接收 單疋組包括在組構成用以接收該突出構件組的該元 件遞送單元宁所形成的一組凹陷。 98·=申請專利範圍第95項所述之系統,其中,當該誓 合早兀組和接收單元組以部分齧合的狀態存在時,將 k齧5單元組組構成用以提供該元件遞送單元和接 收結構之間的橋接構件。 吼如申請專利範圍第98項所述之系統,其中,將該橋 接構件組構成用以支撐至少部分地佈置在該元件遞 送單元和元件接收台之間的元件。 耻如申請專利範圍第98項所述之系統,其中,將該元 件接收台組構成料在元件接收位置和元件派送位 之間移動’和其巾當該元件接收纟位於該元件派送 位置處時’將該橋接構件和接收結構組構成用於最低 局部齧合。 * 95417 18 201231368 專利範圍第98項所述之线,其中,使該橋 響人Υ和接收結構至少之一者逐漸變細,以促進配對 =以容納該元件遞送單元與元件接收台 置誤差。 說-财法,用於分離元件,該方法包括: 件遞^供包含至少一饋送執道和一組接收單元的元 一生火早兀,該至少一饋送執道組構成用以使一連串 名該至少一條饋送執道從元件入口移動至元件 △提供包括接收結構和齧合單元組的元件接收 :’该接㈣構餘構成用以㈣元件^接收該連 接:!内部的元件,該齧合單元組係組構成用以與該 接收早讀配對齧合,當該齧合單元組和接收單元組 =1:合!狀態存在時,該齧合單元組係組構成用 件遞送單元和接收結構之間的橋接構件,· =餐:單元組和接收單元組以部分齧合的狀 :存=,使元件從該元件出口輸出至該元件接收 物。藉助橋接構件支揮來自該元件出口的元件輸出 95417 S 19201231368 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A device for adjusting at least one of a component flow and a separation component, comprising: 70 delivery units, including at least a feeding channel, said feeding system group Forming a series of elements for carrying a series of elements along the at least one feeding track from the element inlet of the at least one feeding track to the element outlet of the at least one feeding track, and, as for the vacuum assembly, is fluidly The at least two different portions of the at least one feeding track may be coupled to each other and configured to apply a vacuum force group to the at least two different portions. 2. The device of item (4), item i, further comprising a component receiving σ, the group being configured to receive at least one component within a series of components unloaded from the component outlet. The device of claim 2, wherein the component receiving port comprises a receiver suitably shaped to receive at least one component. 1 . The device of claim 1, wherein the component delivery unit comprises at least two feed lanes arranged in parallel. 5. The device of claim 4, wherein the at least one vacuum assembly comprises at least two different vacuum assemblies, each of the at least two different vacuum assemblies being fluidly coupled to each The strips correspond to at least two different parts on the way. 6. The device of claim 2, wherein the component receiving station comprises at least two different component receivers, each of the at least two different widget receivers being suitably shaped to receive at least one dollar 95417 1 201231368 8. 9. 10. 11 12, pieces. The skirt of claim 1, wherein the at least-vacuum assembly is configured to apply a first vacuum force at the at least one feed: the second: a set of feeder portions At least the second vacuum of the feed track is a second vacuum, as in the device of claim 7, wherein the second vacuum combination is configured to selectively establish the first The strength of at least one of a vacuum and a second vacuum force. The apparatus of claim i, wherein the at least one vacuum assembly comprises a plurality of vacuum units, and the plurality of vacuum units are configured to be used with the feeding track as in the patent application (four) The apparatus of the present invention, wherein the to, i, and an empty assemblies comprise a first set of vacuum units and a second set of vacuum units different from the first: group: 7 am. For example, the application is directed to the skirt described in item 1G, wherein the group vacuum unit includes exposure to the feed rail, and the second group of vacuum units includes exposure to the feed rail IS-group vacuum opening. Splitting, wherein the first = open group is configured to distribute the first vacuum force throughout the component first: =, and the second set of vacuum opening groups is configured to be distributed - the second force is applied to the second component number. The device of claim U, wherein the r** 95417 13. 201231368 14. 15. - the intensity of the vacuum force is defined relative to the first number of components The intensity of the second vacuum force is different from the second ratio defined by the first number of elements. The device of claim 13, wherein the first ratio is greater than the second ratio. The apparatus of claim U, wherein the first set of vacuum openings are disposed closer to the plurality of outlets than the second set of vacuum openings. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. The device of claim U, wherein the first set of vacuum opening groups are configured to accommodate the first number of components and the second group The vacuum opening group is configured to accommodate a second number of components. As set forth in claim 16, wherein the first number of elements is different from the second number of the elements. = Please specialize (4) 16 rhyme device, its towel, the number, the number is equal to the second number of the component. If the application is made in the hometown (4), the first number of the components is less than the second number of the components. As set forth in claim 16, the +, the first number of elements of the element is equal to one. The apparatus of claim 5, wherein the first opening, the empty opening is connected to the at least one feeding track by a set of vacuum paths arranged at two angles with respect to the at least one feeding track装置 The device of claim 21, comprising a set of air passages arranged at an angle relative to the at least one of the feed tracks. 95417. The device of claim 22, wherein: the vacuum opening and the airway group are configured to implement the series = the at least - feeding channel to apply the Straight air: , and, at least one way to move on the side of the way to move. "Synchronization of different parts", please refer to the device described in the U through the patent scope, wherein the 2 vacuum open π group is configured to apply at least enough force to stop the movement of the element along the lapse/absence - Beida obstruction. The device of claim n, wherein the first vacuum opening σ group is configured to receive a vacuum in such a manner that the 7-piece member closest to the element outlet stops moving. The apparatus of the present invention, wherein the first stage vacuum opening comprises a non-postal cross-section (4) port with a straight-opening opening inside the second group of vacuum openings. The device of claim U, wherein the first! ^ opening provides a first total vacuum opening cross-sectional area and a second wipe ' 〗 and the 5 sets of the second set of vacuum openings are provided with the first total Yin, cut The apparatus of claim 11, wherein the first/two openings comprise a plurality of vacuum openings D' having different cross-sectional areas. As stated in claim 11 Apparatus, wherein the - 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 95417 4 201231368 The group of vacuum openings comprises a plurality of straight spaces having different cross-sectional areas:, the second set of vacuum openings comprising different cross-sections A plurality of vacuum openings having a cross-sectional area. 30. 31. 32. 33. The device of claim 2, wherein the first set of vacuum openings comprises a leading vacuum opening and a trailing vacuum opening. The device of claim 30, wherein the leading vacuum opening is larger than the trailing vacuum opening in a cross-sectional area. The device of claim 5, wherein the component is delivered prior to the first A vacuum chamber in which one of the vacuum opening and the second set of vacuum openings is flow-transferred. The device of claim H, wherein the component delivery unit includes the first-group true σ flow (four) a first vacuum chamber, and a second vacuum flow coupled to the second set of vacuum openings. The apparatus of claim 1 includes a county gas argon, which is fluidly connected to the component delivery unit. And the assembly is configured to provide positive air to the component delivery unit to apply a displacement force to the series of elements, the displacement force being sufficient to exit the series of elements to the element. 35. = The apparatus of claim 34, wherein the house gas supply unit group is configured to provide the positive air pressure at a substantially constant flow rate and a substantially ambiguous pressure. 36. The apparatus of claim 34, wherein the vacuum assembly is configured to apply the vacuum force group in an intermittent manner with respect to the positive air movement, 95,417, 2012, 31368, and wherein the vacuum force group comprises At least one vacuum force sufficient to intermittently stop the movement of the leading element closest to the outlet of the component. 37. The device of claim 36, wherein the at least one vacuum assembly set is configured to apply the vacuum force set during the uninterrupted application of the positive gas block to the component delivery unit. 38. A system, comprising: a component delivery unit, comprising: at least one feedway having a component inlet and a component outlet, the at least one feed track set configured to carry movable along the at least one feed track a series of components; and a pre-compressed gas supply unit fluidly coupled to the component delivery unit and configured to supply a pre-pressurized gas stream, the pre-pressurized gas flow applying a substantially constant displacement force to the at least one feed On the series of elements of the track, the displacement force is directed to the element outlet; the component receiving station is configured to receive the first element inside the series of elements from the at least one ballast track, the component receiving station comprising Forming a set of sensors for detecting that the first component is received by the receiving station; and a vacuum assembly fluidly coupled to the component delivery unit and configured to be opposite at a set of feed locations Applying a vacuum force group vacuum assembly to the pre-pressurized gas stream, the vacuum force group being sufficient to avoid the second component inside the series of components The outlet member 954,176,201,231,368 element output. 39. A green body' as described in claim 38, wherein at least a portion of the vacuum assembly is carried within the component delivery unit. 40. The system of claim 39, wherein the vacuum assembly comprises at least one vacuum chamber that is fluidly coupled to the feed track by a plurality of vacuum openings. 41. The system of claim 38, wherein the application of the vacuum force group is initiated upon detecting that the first component is received by the component receiving station. 42. The system of claim 38, wherein the vacuum assembly comprises a first set of vacuum units configured to apply a first vacuum force to a first set of feedway locations, and a set of A second vacuum force is applied to the second set of vacuum cells of the second set of feed track locations that are different from the first set of feed track locations. 43. The system of claim 42 wherein each of the first vacuum force and the second vacuum force resists the displacement force. 44. The system of claim 2, wherein the vacuum assembly is configured to selectively establish an intensity of the first vacuum force relative to an intensity of the second vacuum force. Method for adjusting component flow and fraction: at least one of the components - the method comprises: providing a component delivery unit having at least a -feed track configured to move the component from the component population to the component Providing a series of elements to the at least one feed track, the series of elements 95417 7 201231368 including the first element and the serial connection of the first element to cause the series of elements to follow the at least one feed; , and k are directed to the component 46. A vacuum force is applied to the at least one different feed track portion to prevent the series of components from being output from the component outlet. The second component of the at least two components of the feed channel, wherein the fourth component of the patent application includes the method of claim: wherein the third component of the series of components is connected Aligning at least a vacuum force inside the Si air force group to realize output of the second 兀 member of the 〇P from the component outlet; and further adjusting the at least one vacuum force inside the vacuum force group to avoid After the two components have been output at least partially from the component = port, the internal (four) three components of the series of components are output from the port. A method as claimed in claim 45, further comprising providing a component receiving station configured to receive at least one component of the series of components unloaded from the component outlet. 48. The method of claim 47, wherein the component receiving σ comprises a receiver suitably shaped to receive at least one component. 49. The method of claim 45, further comprising providing at least one vacuum assembly configured to apply the vacuum force set, the at least one vacuum assembly being fluidly consuming to the at least one feed The at least two different parts of the track. The method of claim 45, wherein the component delivery unit comprises at least two feed tracks arranged in parallel. 51. The method of claim 50, further comprising providing at least two different vacuum assemblies configured to apply the vacuum force, wherein the at least two different vacuum assemblies are fluidly engageable Each of the respective feeds carries the at least two different portions on the way. The method of claim 48, wherein the component receiving station comprises at least two different component receivers, each of the at least two different component receivers being shaped to receive at least one dollar Strain. Please refer to the method of (4) (4) for 45 items, the towel, the application of the legal force group to at least two different feedings, including the selective vacuum force in the first-feeding department, the intensity of the position and the 54. 55, At least the strength at the track location. (10) First Feed: The method of claim 53, wherein the strength of the first :: force is different from the intensity of the second vacuum force. The at least-feeding H-feed includes providing a plurality of vacuum single-parts coupled to a load-forcing manner and adding the vacuum force magnets to the at least two different feed tracks to establish a plurality of true H-Hs The flow-to-sink-feed track is in fluid communication with the complex-specific vacuum unit. For example, the A-print patent scope 45, the at least-feeding method includes a first set of vacuum sheets 95415 S 56. 201231368 πxing at least a unit, which is flowably coupled The second group is different from the second group of vacuum units. The method of the present invention, the first vacuum opening and the third vacuum, and the vacuum unit 70 includes a second set of vacuum opening σ exposed to the at least one feeding track. . ^ 2 The method of claim 57, wherein applying a vacuum force group to at least the _eight-electron straight-to-feed portion includes using the member, and causing the H-th vacuum force to be used throughout The first-number of elements of the number two of the true (four) ports are assigned a second vacuum force throughout the method of the patent application range 58 - the vacuum force of the strong household, wherein the first-to-number ratio The defined ratio is different from the second ratio defined by the second number of vacuums. Further, the ratio is greater than the second ratio with respect to the number of the first job. , r 4 brothers such as the patent application range 57 π, +, + + group vacuum opening by the phase 7 pair of arranged vacuum channels and to the feed: the angle of the track as applied for patent _61;: === relative Provided in the at least one feeding rail row: the method string component described in the 62th paragraph of the application of the method, wherein the string component is moved along the at least one feeding loop to the side of the rail to the component outlet. 58. 59 60. 61. 62. 95417 10 63. 201231368 64. 65 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. Including the use of the first set of vacuum openings and the gas miscellaneous items along the string arrangement The feed track moves progressively towards the element out of π. The method of claim 63, wherein the stepwise movement of the series of the feed tracks comprises at least one vacuum force within the vacuum force group for 5 weeks. The method of claim 64, wherein the step of: synchronizing the step-by-step movement of the pipeline includes: the at least one vacuum force inside the channel: and :::: at least one positive To the method of the feed, wherein: the piece: "the method of applying a substantially constant displacement force to the series of the item 57, wherein the first element:::: is the second The group of vacuum openings is disposed closer to the method of the == axis 66, wherein the first section is adapted to accommodate the first number of components, and the group of openings is configured to accommodate the rotation; The method of claim 67, wherein the number of the components is different from the second number of the components. The method of claim 67, wherein the number of components is equal to the component The second number of methods, such as the method of claiming the hometown directory, is less than the second number of the component. The method of claim 67, wherein the element and the element thereof f 95417 S 11 201231368 72, 73, 74. 75. 76, 77. The first number, etc. 1. The method of claim 57, wherein the first set of vacuum openings comprises a vacuum opening having a different cross-sectional area than a vacuum opening in the second set of vacuum openings. The method of claim 1, wherein the first, group vacuum open π system provides [total vacuum opening cross-sectional area and the second set of vacuum openings, and the second set of vacuum openings provide a different from the first total cross-sectional area The method of claim 57, wherein applying a vacuum force group to at least two different feed track locations comprises establishing the feed lane and the first group true a flow communication between at least one of a line port and a second set of vacuum openings, such as the method of claim 57, wherein at least one of the first true second opening and the second set of vacuum openings The method is coupled to the vacuum chamber carried by the component delivery unit. The method of claim 45, wherein the method comprises providing a positive milk house to the at least one-pass way to apply a torque dragon series element. The displacement force is sufficient to cause the series of elements to be moved toward the element outlet, such as the method of claim 76, wherein one of a substantially constant flow rate and a substantially constant pressure Providing the positive air pressure. For the method described in Item 77 of the application (4), the towel is applied with a vacuum force group to at least two different feeding execution points including the intermittent manner of the positive air pressure in the relative 95417 12 78. 201231368 The method of claim 77, wherein the method of claim 77, wherein applying a true force group to at least two different feed track locations comprises continuously providing δ sternal pressure to the feed This vacuum force group is applied during the track. 80. A method for at least one of adjusting a component flow and a separation element, the method comprising: providing a component delivery unit having at least one feed configured to move the component from a cow to the component exit a series of components to the component delivery unit, the serial component is a plurality of components and a second component serially connected to the first component; θ for applying a displacement force to the serial component to enable A series of substantially uninterrupted positive pressure airflow that moves the orbiting element to the element exit. The component outlet outputs the first element-plus-vacuum force group inside the series of elements to the group of feed node locations; and the second: =. At least - the movement of the feed track is only due to 81: species = at least one of the adjustment element flow and the separation element - providing the component delivery unit, 1 the at least - the feed channel can feed the obstruction and the organization, the at least one transfer The optional vacuum cell and k-series are configured to move the component from the component 95417 S 13 201231368 inlet to the component outlet string; the true two-cell configuration, the definition and the at least one feed, the track in the first component Flowing a secret group vacuum unit at a track portion; moving a plurality of elements along the at least one feed track toward the element exit; outputting a leading element from the 7L piece exit while moving the plurality of elements along the at least one feed way; Applying a vacuum force to the first vacuum cell assembly after the component exits at least a portion of the leader element; and determining that the first vacuum cell fabric is configured during application of the vacuum force to the first vacuum cell fabric Whether to avoid another component from the component exit. 82. The method of claim 81, wherein the method comprises: providing a component receiving station configured to receive the component from the component outlet; and unloading the serial component from the component outlet The first component of the interior to the component receiving station. The method of claim 82, wherein the component receiving station comprises a connector suitably shaped to receive the at least one component. The method of claim 81, wherein the component delivery unit comprises at least two feed tracks arranged in parallel. The method of claim 84, wherein the at least 95417 14 201231368 vacuum assembly comprises at least two different vacuum assemblies, each of the at least two different vacuum assemblies being fluidly coupled to each The strips correspond to the at least two different parts on the way. The method of claim 83, wherein the component receiving station comprises at least two different component receivers, each of the at least two different component receivers being suitably shaped to receive at least one component. 87. The method of claim 81, further comprising: establishing a second vacuum unit configuration defining a second group of the at least one feedway at the second set of feed locations (4) The vacuum is earlier than the second set of feed track portions being different from the first set of feed track portions; causing a plurality of components to move toward the component exit along the at least one of the feed passes; and simultaneously rotating the components from the 7 turn exits while simultaneously Moving the plurality of components along the at least one feed channel; after the x component exits the component, applying a vacuum force to the vacuum cell structure; and determining that the vacuum force is applied to the second vacuum cell Whether the component of the first-vacuum unit 70 avoids the output of another component from the component outlet. The method described in claim 87 of the patent scope = the track portion contains the target portion of the feed point of the first group. , 95417 15 88, 201231368 89. 90. If the method described in claim 87, the method of sending a rail-suppressing material-(4) feeding the rail portion of the orbital portion t. A method of m-cutting a component, the method comprising: providing a component delivery unit that emits at least a feed track and a selectable plurality of hollows that are fluidly transferable at different positions of the Ox-I-Feed track The trajectory fabric is configured to move the component from the component inlet to the component outlet; moving the plurality of components along the at least one feedway toward the component outlet; cyclically applying the first vacuum force group to the at least one feed track a first set of vacuum openings coupled to the ground; / because the plurality of elements are moved along the at least one feed track and cyclically applied to the parental transition between the vacuum force group and the first set of vacuum openings An output component evaluation set, the component evaluation set including at least one component; determining at least one damage metric corresponding to the component evaluation set, the at least one damage metric providing an indication of one of structural damage and component functional damage of the component; Establishing a second set of vacuum openings different from the first set of vacuum openings and the first vacuum force group based on the at least one damage measure A second vacuum force with at least one group of persons. The method of claim g, wherein outputting the component evaluation set includes avoiding component output from the component outlet when the first vacuum force group is applied to the 95412 16 201231368 set of vacuum openings The way to output each component from the component exit serial. 92. A method for adjusting at least one of a component flow and a separation component, the method comprising: providing a component delivery unit having at least one feed track lie flowably with a positive air pressure source, and a selectable vacuum unit assembly in which at least one feed track is flowably coupled, the at least one feed track set being configured to move the element from the element inlet to the element exit; applying positive air pressure to the at least one feed track; Positive air pressure applies a displacement force to the plurality of elements carried by the at least one feed track; moving the plurality of elements along the at least one feed track toward the element exit; and determining a vacuum unit configuration that resists the displacement force to avoid The component is output through the component outlet during the vacuum application interval. 93. The method of claim 92, wherein the vacuum unit is configured to be the smallest vacuum unit group 4 against the displacement force. 94. The method of claim 92, wherein applying the positive air pressure system comprises applying a substantially constant air pressure. 95. A system for separating components, the system comprising: a component delivery unit comprising: at least one feed track configured to carry a series of movable along the at least one feed track from the component inlet to the component exit And a component receiving station' comprising: a receiving structure configured to receive an element inside the series of component outputs from the component outlet; and a set of meshing units, The group is configured to be paired with the receiving unit group. 96. The system of claim 95, wherein the intermeshing 7G set comprises a set of protruding members that exit the receiving structure and extend toward the component delivery unit. 97. The system of claim 96, wherein the receiving unit comprises a set of depressions formed by the element delivery unit that is configured to receive the set of protruding members. 98. The system of claim 95, wherein when the swearing group and the receiving unit group are partially engaged, the unit is configured to provide the component delivery. A bridging member between the unit and the receiving structure. The system of claim 98, wherein the bridging member set is configured to support an element at least partially disposed between the component transport unit and the component receiving station. A system as claimed in claim 98, wherein the component receiving set composition moves between the component receiving position and the component dispensing position and the towel when the component receiving edge is located at the component dispensing position 'The bridging member and the receiving structure group are constructed for the lowest partial engagement. * 95417 18 201231368. The line of claim 98, wherein at least one of the bridge and the receiving structure is tapered to facilitate pairing = to accommodate the component delivery unit and component receiving station error. a method for separating components, the method comprising: providing a message comprising at least one feed channel and a group of receiving units, the at least one feed group configured to make a series of names At least one of the feed lanes moves from the component inlet to the component Δ to provide component reception including the receiving structure and the meshing unit group: 'The connection (4) is configured to (4) the component ^ receive the connection: An internal component, the meshing unit group is configured to be mated with the receiving early reading pair, and when the engaging unit group and the receiving unit group=1: the combined state exists, the engaging unit group composition The bridging member between the piece delivery unit and the receiving structure, the meal: the unit group and the receiving unit group are partially meshed: the storage element is output from the element outlet to the element receiver. The component output from the component outlet is branched by means of the bridging member 95417 S 19
TW100144581A 2010-12-08 2011-12-05 System, apparatus and method for vacuum based regulation of component flow and singulation TWI602761B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
SG2010090991A SG182009A1 (en) 2010-12-08 2010-12-08 System, apparatus and method for vacuum based regulation of component flow and singulation

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201231368A true TW201231368A (en) 2012-08-01
TWI602761B TWI602761B (en) 2017-10-21

Family

ID=46207635

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100144581A TWI602761B (en) 2010-12-08 2011-12-05 System, apparatus and method for vacuum based regulation of component flow and singulation

Country Status (7)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101862319B1 (en)
CN (2) CN102530539B (en)
HK (1) HK1209093A1 (en)
MY (1) MY165136A (en)
SG (1) SG182009A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI602761B (en)
WO (1) WO2012078112A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MY168827A (en) * 2012-05-30 2018-12-04 Pentamaster Tech M Sdn Bhd Apparatus and method for isolating articles
US8910775B2 (en) * 2012-08-10 2014-12-16 Asm Technology Singapore Pte Ltd Transfer apparatus for transferring electronic devices
KR200469221Y1 (en) * 2013-06-28 2013-10-02 정봉철 linear chute
US9073704B2 (en) 2013-09-09 2015-07-07 Laitram, L.L.C. Conveyor employing a vacuum
JP2015106588A (en) * 2013-11-28 2015-06-08 日本特殊陶業株式会社 Individual extraction device for plate-like metal fitting
GB201405342D0 (en) 2014-03-25 2014-05-07 British American Tobacco Co Feed unit
GB201405340D0 (en) 2014-03-25 2014-05-07 British American Tobacco Co Feed Unit
GB201405341D0 (en) 2014-03-25 2014-05-07 British American Tobacco Co Feed unit
US10087016B2 (en) * 2015-03-06 2018-10-02 Kurashiki Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha Article supply device
DE102016107102A1 (en) 2016-04-18 2017-10-19 ABS-Ruefer AG feeder
JP6974699B2 (en) * 2017-06-19 2021-12-01 シンフォニアテクノロジー株式会社 Vibration transfer device
CN107298300A (en) * 2017-07-31 2017-10-27 深圳市深科达半导体科技有限公司 Feed device
CN115535625B (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-03-14 深圳市诺泰芯装备有限公司 MiniLED lamp bead separation device and method

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE3820540A1 (en) * 1988-06-16 1989-12-21 Ekkehard Ueberreiter DEVICE FOR SEPARATING LIKE OBJECTS, IN PARTICULAR ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, LIKE IC'S
JPH10212024A (en) * 1997-01-29 1998-08-11 Cosmo Keiki:Kk Parts feeder
GB9706365D0 (en) * 1997-03-27 1997-05-14 Matcon R & D Ltd A station
JP3579234B2 (en) * 1997-12-09 2004-10-20 太陽誘電株式会社 Chip component supply device
JP2002359495A (en) * 2001-03-29 2002-12-13 Taiyo Yuden Co Ltd Component supplying method, device and unit thereof
JP4092553B2 (en) * 2002-07-18 2008-05-28 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Transport system
JP2006021928A (en) * 2004-06-08 2006-01-26 Ueno Seiki Kk Parts feeder
JP5211428B2 (en) * 2005-03-04 2013-06-12 株式会社村田製作所 Work supply device
JP2006298578A (en) * 2005-04-21 2006-11-02 Ueno Seiki Kk Parts feeder
EP2001275A1 (en) * 2007-06-07 2008-12-10 ISMECA Semiconductor Holding SA Apparatus and method for separating electronic components

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2012078112A3 (en) 2012-10-04
KR101862319B1 (en) 2018-05-29
SG182009A1 (en) 2012-07-30
MY165136A (en) 2018-02-28
CN102530539B (en) 2015-05-20
HK1209093A1 (en) 2016-03-24
WO2012078112A2 (en) 2012-06-14
CN102530539A (en) 2012-07-04
TWI602761B (en) 2017-10-21
CN104760828A (en) 2015-07-08
KR20120064054A (en) 2012-06-18
CN104760828B (en) 2017-07-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201231368A (en) System, apparatus and method for vacuum based regulation of component flow and singulation
US10850929B2 (en) Apparatus for unscrambling randomly arranged containers comprising extraction means independent of each other
TWI324582B (en) Substrate carrier handler that unloads substrate carriers directly from a moving conveyor
EP2804813B1 (en) Apparatus and method for application of lids to containers
EP2796393B1 (en) Article supply apparatus
EP3199479A1 (en) Method for transferring articles
US20170267453A1 (en) Automated storing and commissioning system for small-piece goods
US8534451B2 (en) Conveying apparatus
US20160039550A1 (en) Apparatus and method for grouping and positioning items
RU2716206C1 (en) Fish feed device and method of feeding
US8851266B2 (en) Material distribution system and material distribution method thereof
JP2006315866A (en) Device for forming battery plate group
US20140076913A1 (en) High speed bolt dispenser
CN101844676A (en) Apparatus and method for orienting objects
KR101838949B1 (en) Rotary packing machine
CN107406155B (en) Egg transfer device
US10065381B2 (en) Positioning device for use in a tire building system and a method for positioning a bead
US7036682B2 (en) Destacking device for ice-cream cones
JP2018177539A (en) Article supply method
US12024365B2 (en) Tray feeder tray pulling mechanism
ES2532751T3 (en) Supply device for product transport
US20230373718A1 (en) Tray Feeder Tray Pulling Mechanism
TW201102337A (en) Device for singulating disk-shaped elements
EP1247770A3 (en) Apparatus for transferring fruit products from one conveyor to another conveyor arranged at right angles to the first one